DataHandler::triggerRemapAction() - Code Metrics - Inspection of "[BUGFIX] Correct wrong class names in deprecation...." - TYPO3/TYPO3.CMS - Measure and Improve Code Quality continuously with Scrutinizer

Test Failed
Branch — master (137376)

by Tymoteusz
created 2017-12-06 15:36 UTC
DataHandler::triggerRemapAction() A

↳ Parent: DataHandler
Complexity

Conditions	4
Paths	2
Size

Total Lines	7
Code Lines	4
Duplication

Lines	0
Ratio	0 %
Importance

Changes
Metric	Value
cc	4
eloc	4
nc	2
nop	5
dl	0
loc	7
rs	9.2
c	0
b	0
f	0
<?php
namespace TYPO3\CMS\Core\DataHandling;

/*
 * This file is part of the TYPO3 CMS project.
 *
 * It is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
 * the terms of the GNU General Public License, either version 2
 * of the License, or any later version.
 *
 * For the full copyright and license information, please read the
 * LICENSE.txt file that was distributed with this source code.
 *
 * The TYPO3 project - inspiring people to share!
 */

use Doctrine\DBAL\DBALException;
use Doctrine\DBAL\Driver\Statement;
use Doctrine\DBAL\Platforms\PostgreSqlPlatform;
use Doctrine\DBAL\Platforms\SQLServerPlatform;
use Doctrine\DBAL\Types\IntegerType;
use Psr\Log\LoggerAwareInterface;
use Psr\Log\LoggerAwareTrait;
use TYPO3\CMS\Backend\Utility\BackendUtility;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Authentication\BackendUserAuthentication;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Cache\CacheManager;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Cache\Frontend\VariableFrontend;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Configuration\FlexForm\Exception\InvalidIdentifierException;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Configuration\FlexForm\Exception\InvalidParentRowException;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Configuration\FlexForm\Exception\InvalidParentRowLoopException;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Configuration\FlexForm\Exception\InvalidParentRowRootException;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Configuration\FlexForm\Exception\InvalidPointerFieldValueException;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Configuration\FlexForm\FlexFormTools;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Configuration\Richtext;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\Connection;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\ConnectionPool;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\Query\QueryHelper;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\Query\Restriction\BackendWorkspaceRestriction;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\Query\Restriction\DeletedRestriction;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\Query\Restriction\QueryRestrictionContainerInterface;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\ReferenceIndex;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\RelationHandler;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\DataHandling\Localization\DataMapProcessor;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\History\RecordHistoryStore;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Html\RteHtmlParser;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Localization\LanguageService;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Messaging\FlashMessage;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Messaging\FlashMessageService;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Resource\ResourceFactory;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Service\OpcodeCacheService;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Type\Bitmask\Permission;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Utility\ArrayUtility;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Utility\ExtensionManagementUtility;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Utility\File\BasicFileUtility;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Utility\GeneralUtility;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Utility\MathUtility;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Utility\PathUtility;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Utility\StringUtility;
use TYPO3\CMS\Core\Versioning\VersionState;

/**
 * The main data handler class which takes care of correctly updating and inserting records.
 * This class was formerly known as TCEmain.
 *
 * This is the TYPO3 Core Engine class for manipulation of the database
 * This class is used by eg. the tce_db.php script which provides an the interface for POST forms to this class.
 *
 * Dependencies:
 * - $GLOBALS['TCA'] must exist
 * - $GLOBALS['LANG'] must exist
 *
 * tce_db.php for further comments and SYNTAX! Also see document 'TYPO3 Core API' for details.
 */
class DataHandler implements LoggerAwareInterface
{
    use LoggerAwareTrait;

    // *********************
    // Public variables you can configure before using the class:
    // *********************
    /**
     * If TRUE, the default log-messages will be stored. This should not be necessary if the locallang-file for the
     * log-display is properly configured. So disabling this will just save some database-space as the default messages are not saved.
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $storeLogMessages = true;

    /**
     * If TRUE, actions are logged to sys_log.
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $enableLogging = true;

    /**
     * If TRUE, the datamap array is reversed in the order, which is a nice thing if you're creating a whole new
     * bunch of records.
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $reverseOrder = false;

    /**
     * If TRUE, only fields which are different from the database values are saved! In fact, if a whole input array
     * is similar, it's not saved then.
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $checkSimilar = true;

    /**
     * This will read the record after having updated or inserted it. If anything is not properly submitted an error
     * is written to the log. This feature consumes extra time by selecting records
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $checkStoredRecords = true;

    /**
     * If set, values '' and 0 will equal each other when the stored records are checked.
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $checkStoredRecords_loose = true;

    /**
     * If this is set, then a page is deleted by deleting the whole branch under it (user must have
     * delete permissions to it all). If not set, then the page is deleted ONLY if it has no branch.
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $deleteTree = false;

    /**
     * If set, then the 'hideAtCopy' flag for tables will be ignored.
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $neverHideAtCopy = false;

    /**
     * If set, then the TCE class has been instantiated during an import action of a T3D
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $isImporting = false;

    /**
     * If set, then transformations are NOT performed on the input.
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $dontProcessTransformations = false;

    /**
     * Will distinguish between translations (with parent) and localizations (without parent) while still using the same methods to copy the records
     * TRUE: translation of a record connected to the default language
     * FALSE: localization of a record without connection to the default language
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    protected $useTransOrigPointerField = true;

    /**
     * TRUE: (traditional) Updates when record is saved. For flexforms, updates if change is made to the localized value.
     * FALSE: Will not update anything.
     * "FORCE_FFUPD" (string): Like TRUE, but will force update to the FlexForm Field
     *
     * @var bool|string
     */
    public $updateModeL10NdiffData = true;

    /**
     * If TRUE, the translation diff. fields will in fact be reset so that they indicate that all needs to change again!
     * It's meant as the opposite of declaring the record translated.
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $updateModeL10NdiffDataClear = false;

    /**
     * If TRUE, workspace restrictions are bypassed on edit an create actions (process_datamap()).
     * YOU MUST KNOW what you do if you use this feature!
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $bypassWorkspaceRestrictions = false;

    /**
     * If TRUE, file handling of attached files (addition, deletion etc) is bypassed - the value is saved straight away.
     * YOU MUST KNOW what you are doing with this feature!
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $bypassFileHandling = false;

    /**
     * If TRUE, access check, check for deleted etc. for records is bypassed.
     * YOU MUST KNOW what you are doing if you use this feature!
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $bypassAccessCheckForRecords = false;

    /**
     * Comma-separated list. This list of tables decides which tables will be copied. If empty then none will.
     * If '*' then all will (that the user has permission to of course)
     *
     * @var string
     */
    public $copyWhichTables = '*';

    /**
     * If 0 then branch is NOT copied.
     * If 1 then pages on the 1st level is copied.
     * If 2 then pages on the second level is copied ... and so on
     *
     * @var int
     */
    public $copyTree = 0;

    /**
     * [table][fields]=value: New records are created with default values and you can set this array on the
     * form $defaultValues[$table][$field] = $value to override the default values fetched from TCA.
     * If ->setDefaultsFromUserTS is called UserTSconfig default values will overrule existing values in this array
     * (thus UserTSconfig overrules externally set defaults which overrules TCA defaults)
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $defaultValues = [];

    /**
     * [table][fields]=value: You can set this array on the form $overrideValues[$table][$field] = $value to
     * override the incoming data. You must set this externally. You must make sure the fields in this array are also
     * found in the table, because it's not checked. All columns can be set by this array!
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $overrideValues = [];

    /**
     * [filename]=alternative_filename: Use this array to force another name onto a file.
     * Eg. if you set ['/tmp/blablabal'] = 'my_file.txt' and '/tmp/blablabal' is set for a certain file-field,
     * then 'my_file.txt' will be used as the name instead.
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $alternativeFileName = [];

    /**
     * Array [filename]=alternative_filepath: Same as alternativeFileName but with relative path to the file
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $alternativeFilePath = [];

    /**
     * If entries are set in this array corresponding to fields for update, they are ignored and thus NOT updated.
     * You could set this array from a series of checkboxes with value=0 and hidden fields before the checkbox with 1.
     * Then an empty checkbox will disable the field.
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $data_disableFields = [];

    /**
     * Use this array to validate suggested uids for tables by setting [table]:[uid]. This is a dangerous option
     * since it will force the inserted record to have a certain UID. The value just have to be TRUE, but if you set
     * it to "DELETE" it will make sure any record with that UID will be deleted first (raw delete).
     * The option is used for import of T3D files when synchronizing between two mirrored servers.
     * As a security measure this feature is available only for Admin Users (for now)
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $suggestedInsertUids = [];

    /**
     * Object. Call back object for FlexForm traversal. Useful when external classes wants to use the
     * iteration functions inside DataHandler for traversing a FlexForm structure.
     *
     * @var object
     */
    public $callBackObj;

    // *********************
    // Internal variables (mapping arrays) which can be used (read-only) from outside
    // *********************
    /**
     * Contains mapping of auto-versionized records.
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $autoVersionIdMap = [];

    /**
     * When new elements are created, this array contains a map between their "NEW..." string IDs and the eventual UID they got when stored in database
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $substNEWwithIDs = [];

    /**
     * Like $substNEWwithIDs, but where each old "NEW..." id is mapped to the table it was from.
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $substNEWwithIDs_table = [];

    /**
     * Holds the tables and there the ids of newly created child records from IRRE
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $newRelatedIDs = [];

    /**
     * This array is the sum of all copying operations in this class. May be READ from outside, thus partly public.
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $copyMappingArray_merged = [];

    /**
     * Per-table array with UIDs that have been deleted.
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected $deletedRecords = [];

    /**
     * A map between input file name and final destination for files being attached to records.
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $copiedFileMap = [];

    /**
     * Contains [table][id][field] of fiels where RTEmagic images was copied. Holds old filename as key and new filename as value.
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $RTEmagic_copyIndex = [];

    /**
     * Errors are collected in this variable.
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $errorLog = [];

    /**
     * Fields from the pages-table for which changes will trigger a pagetree refresh
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $pagetreeRefreshFieldsFromPages = ['pid', 'sorting', 'deleted', 'hidden', 'title', 'doktype', 'is_siteroot', 'fe_group', 'nav_hide', 'nav_title', 'module', 'starttime', 'endtime', 'content_from_pid', 'extendToSubpages'];

    /**
     * Indicates whether the pagetree needs a refresh because of important changes
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $pagetreeNeedsRefresh = false;

    // *********************
    // Internal Variables, do not touch.
    // *********************

    // Variables set in init() function:

    /**
     * The user-object the script uses. If not set from outside, this is set to the current global $BE_USER.
     *
     * @var BackendUserAuthentication
     */
    public $BE_USER;

    /**
     * Will be set to uid of be_user executing this script
     *
     * @var int
     */
    public $userid;

    /**
     * Will be set to username of be_user executing this script
     *
     * @var string
     */
    public $username;

    /**
     * Will be set if user is admin
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $admin;

    /**
     * Can be overridden from $GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $defaultPermissions = [
        'user' => 'show,edit,delete,new,editcontent',
        'group' => 'show,edit,new,editcontent',
        'everybody' => ''
    ];

    /**
     * The list of <table>-<fields> that cannot be edited by user. This is compiled from TCA/exclude-flag combined with non_exclude_fields for the user.
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected $excludedTablesAndFields = [];

    /**
     * Data submitted from the form view, used to control behaviours,
     * e.g. this is used to activate/deactivate fields and thus store NULL values
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected $control = [];

    /**
     * Set with incoming data array
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $datamap = [];

    /**
     * Set with incoming cmd array
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $cmdmap = [];

    /**
     * List of changed old record ids to new records ids
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected $mmHistoryRecords = [];

    /**
     * List of changed old record ids to new records ids
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected $historyRecords = [];

    // Internal static:
    /**
     * Permission mapping
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $pMap = [
        'show' => 1,
        // 1st bit
        'edit' => 2,
        // 2nd bit
        'delete' => 4,
        // 3rd bit
        'new' => 8,
        // 4th bit
        'editcontent' => 16
    ];

    /**
     * Integer: The interval between sorting numbers used with tables with a 'sorting' field defined. Min 1
     *
     * @var int
     */
    public $sortIntervals = 256;

    // Internal caching arrays
    /**
     * Used by function checkRecordUpdateAccess() to store whether a record is updatable or not.
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected $recUpdateAccessCache = [];

    /**
     * User by function checkRecordInsertAccess() to store whether a record can be inserted on a page id
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected $recInsertAccessCache = [];

    /**
     * Caching array for check of whether records are in a webmount
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected $isRecordInWebMount_Cache = [];

    /**
     * Caching array for page ids in webmounts
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected $isInWebMount_Cache = [];

    /**
     * Caching for collecting TSconfig for page ids
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected $cachedTSconfig = [];

    /**
     * Used for caching page records in pageInfo()
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected $pageCache = [];

    // Other arrays:
    /**
     * For accumulation of MM relations that must be written after new records are created.
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $dbAnalysisStore = [];

    /**
     * For accumulation of files which must be deleted after processing of all input content
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $removeFilesStore = [];

    /**
     * Uploaded files, set by process_uploads()
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $uploadedFileArray = [];

    /**
     * Used for tracking references that might need correction after operations
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $registerDBList = [];

    /**
     * Used for tracking references that might need correction in pid field after operations (e.g. IRRE)
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $registerDBPids = [];

    /**
     * Used by the copy action to track the ids of new pages so subpages are correctly inserted!
     * THIS is internally cleared for each executed copy operation! DO NOT USE THIS FROM OUTSIDE!
     * Read from copyMappingArray_merged instead which is accumulating this information.
     *
     * NOTE: This is used by some outside scripts (e.g. hooks), as the results in $copyMappingArray_merged
     * are only available after an action has been completed.
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $copyMappingArray = [];

    /**
     * Array used for remapping uids and values at the end of process_datamap
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $remapStack = [];

    /**
     * Array used for remapping uids and values at the end of process_datamap
     * (e.g. $remapStackRecords[<table>][<uid>] = <index in $remapStack>)
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $remapStackRecords = [];

    /**
     * Array used for checking whether new children need to be remapped
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected $remapStackChildIds = [];

    /**
     * Array used for executing addition actions after remapping happened (set processRemapStack())
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected $remapStackActions = [];

    /**
     * Array used for executing post-processing on the reference index
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected $remapStackRefIndex = [];

    /**
     * Array used for additional calls to $this->updateRefIndex
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $updateRefIndexStack = [];

    /**
     * Tells, that this DataHandler instance was called from \TYPO3\CMS\Impext\ImportExport.
     * This variable is set by \TYPO3\CMS\Impext\ImportExport
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $callFromImpExp = false;

    // Various
    /**
     * basicFileFunctions object
     * For "singleton" file-manipulation object
     *
     * @var BasicFileUtility
     */
    public $fileFunc;

    /**
     * Set to "currentRecord" during checking of values.
     *
     * @var array
     */
    public $checkValue_currentRecord = [];

    /**
     * A signal flag used to tell file processing that auto versioning has happened and hence certain action should be applied.
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    public $autoVersioningUpdate = false;

    /**
     * Disable delete clause
     *
     * @var bool
     */
    protected $disableDeleteClause = false;

    /**
     * @var array
     */
    protected $checkModifyAccessListHookObjects;

    /**
     * @var array
     */
    protected $version_remapMMForVersionSwap_reg;

    /**
     * The outer most instance of \TYPO3\CMS\Core\DataHandling\DataHandler:
     * This object instantiates itself on versioning and localization ...
     *
     * @var \TYPO3\CMS\Core\DataHandling\DataHandler
     */
    protected $outerMostInstance = null;

    /**
     * Internal cache for collecting records that should trigger cache clearing
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected static $recordsToClearCacheFor = [];

    /**
     * Internal cache for pids of records which were deleted. It's not possible
     * to retrieve the parent folder/page at a later stage
     *
     * @var array
     */
    protected static $recordPidsForDeletedRecords = [];

    /**
     * Runtime Cache to store and retrieve data computed for a single request
     *
     * @var \TYPO3\CMS\Core\Cache\Frontend\VariableFrontend
     */
    protected $runtimeCache = null;

    /**
     * Prefix for the cache entries of nested element calls since the runtimeCache has a global scope.
     *
     * @var string
     */
    protected $cachePrefixNestedElementCalls = 'core-datahandler-nestedElementCalls-';

    /**
     * Sets up the data handler cache and some additional options, the main logic is done in the start() method.
     */
    public function __construct()
    {
        $this->checkStoredRecords = (bool)$GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['BE']['checkStoredRecords'];
        $this->checkStoredRecords_loose = (bool)$GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['BE']['checkStoredRecordsLoose'];
        $this->runtimeCache = $this->getRuntimeCache();
    }

    /**
     * @param array $control
     */
    public function setControl(array $control)
    {
        $this->control = $control;
    }

    /**
     * Initializing.
     * For details, see 'TYPO3 Core API' document.
     * This function does not start the processing of data, but merely initializes the object
     *
     * @param array $data Data to be modified or inserted in the database
     * @param array $cmd Commands to copy, move, delete, localize, versionize records.
     * @param BackendUserAuthentication|null $altUserObject An alternative userobject you can set instead of the default, which is $GLOBALS['BE_USER']
     */
    public function start($data, $cmd, $altUserObject = null)
    {
        // Initializing BE_USER
        $this->BE_USER = is_object($altUserObject) ? $altUserObject : $GLOBALS['BE_USER'];
        $this->userid = $this->BE_USER->user['uid'];
        $this->username = $this->BE_USER->user['username'];
        $this->admin = $this->BE_USER->user['admin'];
        if ($this->BE_USER->uc['recursiveDelete']) {
            $this->deleteTree = 1;
$answer = 42;

$correct = false;

$correct = (bool) $answer;
        }
        if ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['BE']['explicitConfirmationOfTranslation'] && $this->updateModeL10NdiffData === true) {
            $this->updateModeL10NdiffData = false;
        }
        // Initializing default permissions for pages
        $defaultPermissions = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['BE']['defaultPermissions'];
        if (isset($defaultPermissions['user'])) {
            $this->defaultPermissions['user'] = $defaultPermissions['user'];
        }
        if (isset($defaultPermissions['group'])) {
            $this->defaultPermissions['group'] = $defaultPermissions['group'];
        }
        if (isset($defaultPermissions['everybody'])) {
            $this->defaultPermissions['everybody'] = $defaultPermissions['everybody'];
        }
        // generates the excludelist, based on TCA/exclude-flag and non_exclude_fields for the user:
        if (!$this->admin) {
            $this->excludedTablesAndFields = array_flip($this->getExcludeListArray());
        }
        // Setting the data and cmd arrays
        if (is_array($data)) {
            reset($data);
            $this->datamap = $data;
        }
        if (is_array($cmd)) {
            reset($cmd);
            $this->cmdmap = $cmd;
        }
    }

    /**
     * Function that can mirror input values in datamap-array to other uid numbers.
     * Example: $mirror[table][11] = '22,33' will look for content in $this->datamap[table][11] and copy it to $this->datamap[table][22] and $this->datamap[table][33]
     *
     * @param array $mirror This array has the syntax $mirror[table_name][uid] = [list of uids to copy data-value TO!]
     */
    public function setMirror($mirror)
    {
        if (!is_array($mirror)) {
            return;
        }

        foreach ($mirror as $table => $uid_array) {
            if (!isset($this->datamap[$table])) {
                continue;
            }

            foreach ($uid_array as $id => $uidList) {
                if (!isset($this->datamap[$table][$id])) {
                    continue;
                }

                $theIdsInArray = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $uidList, true);
                foreach ($theIdsInArray as $copyToUid) {
                    $this->datamap[$table][$copyToUid] = $this->datamap[$table][$id];
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Initializes default values coming from User TSconfig
     *
     * @param array $userTS User TSconfig array
     */
    public function setDefaultsFromUserTS($userTS)
    {
        if (!is_array($userTS)) {
            return;
        }

        foreach ($userTS as $k => $v) {
            $k = mb_substr($k, 0, -1);
            if (!$k || !is_array($v) || !isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$k])) {
                continue;
            }

            if (is_array($this->defaultValues[$k])) {
                $this->defaultValues[$k] = array_merge($this->defaultValues[$k], $v);
            } else {
                $this->defaultValues[$k] = $v;
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Processing of uploaded files.
     * It turns out that some versions of PHP arranges submitted data for files different if sent in an array. This function will unify this so the internal array $this->uploadedFileArray will always contain files arranged in the same structure.
     *
     * @param array $postFiles $_FILES array
     */
    public function process_uploads($postFiles)
    {
        if (!is_array($postFiles)) {
            return;
        }

        // Editing frozen:
        if ($this->BE_USER->workspace !== 0 && $this->BE_USER->workspaceRec['freeze']) {
            $this->newlog('All editing in this workspace has been frozen!', 1);
            return;
        }
        $subA = reset($postFiles);
        if (is_array($subA)) {
            if (is_array($subA['name']) && is_array($subA['type']) && is_array($subA['tmp_name']) && is_array($subA['size'])) {
                // Initialize the uploadedFilesArray:
                $this->uploadedFileArray = [];
                // For each entry:
                foreach ($subA as $key => $values) {
                    $this->process_uploads_traverseArray($this->uploadedFileArray, $values, $key);
                }
            } else {
                $this->uploadedFileArray = $subA;
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Traverse the upload array if needed to rearrange values.
     *
     * @param array $outputArr $this->uploadedFileArray passed by reference
     * @param array $inputArr Input array  ($_FILES parts)
     * @param string $keyToSet The current $_FILES array key to set on the outermost level.
     * @access private
     * @see process_uploads()
     */
    public function process_uploads_traverseArray(&$outputArr, $inputArr, $keyToSet)
    {
        if (is_array($inputArr)) {
            foreach ($inputArr as $key => $value) {
                $this->process_uploads_traverseArray($outputArr[$key], $inputArr[$key], $keyToSet);
            }
        } else {
            $outputArr[$keyToSet] = $inputArr;
        }
    }

    /*********************************************
     *
     * HOOKS
     *
     *********************************************/
    /**
     * Hook: processDatamap_afterDatabaseOperations
     * (calls $hookObj->processDatamap_afterDatabaseOperations($status, $table, $id, $fieldArray, $this);)
     *
     * Note: When using the hook after INSERT operations, you will only get the temporary NEW... id passed to your hook as $id,
     * but you can easily translate it to the real uid of the inserted record using the $this->substNEWwithIDs array.
     *
     * @param array $hookObjectsArr (reference) Array with hook objects
     * @param string $status (reference) Status of the current operation, 'new' or 'update
     * @param string $table (reference) The table currently processing data for
     * @param string $id (reference) The record uid currently processing data for, [integer] or [string] (like 'NEW...')
     * @param array $fieldArray (reference) The field array of a record
     */
    public function hook_processDatamap_afterDatabaseOperations(&$hookObjectsArr, &$status, &$table, &$id, &$fieldArray)
    {
        // Process hook directly:
        if (!isset($this->remapStackRecords[$table][$id])) {
            foreach ($hookObjectsArr as $hookObj) {
                if (method_exists($hookObj, 'processDatamap_afterDatabaseOperations')) {
                    $hookObj->processDatamap_afterDatabaseOperations($status, $table, $id, $fieldArray, $this);
                }
            }
        } else {
            $this->remapStackRecords[$table][$id]['processDatamap_afterDatabaseOperations'] = [
                'status' => $status,
                'fieldArray' => $fieldArray,
                'hookObjectsArr' => $hookObjectsArr
            ];
        }
    }

    /**
     * Gets the 'checkModifyAccessList' hook objects.
     * The first call initializes the accordant objects.
     *
     * @return array The 'checkModifyAccessList' hook objects (if any)
     * @throws \UnexpectedValueException
     */
    protected function getCheckModifyAccessListHookObjects()
    {
        if (!isset($this->checkModifyAccessListHookObjects)) {
            $this->checkModifyAccessListHookObjects = [];
            foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_tcemain.php']['checkModifyAccessList'] ?? [] as $className) {
                $hookObject = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($className);
                if (!$hookObject instanceof DataHandlerCheckModifyAccessListHookInterface) {
                    throw new \UnexpectedValueException($className . ' must implement interface ' . DataHandlerCheckModifyAccessListHookInterface::class, 1251892472);
                }
                $this->checkModifyAccessListHookObjects[] = $hookObject;
            }
        }
        return $this->checkModifyAccessListHookObjects;
    }

    /*********************************************
     *
     * PROCESSING DATA
     *
     *********************************************/
    /**
     * Processing the data-array
     * Call this function to process the data-array set by start()
     *
     * @return bool|void
     */
    public function process_datamap()
    {
        $this->controlActiveElements();

        // Keep versionized(!) relations here locally:
        $registerDBList = [];
        $this->registerElementsToBeDeleted();
        $this->datamap = $this->unsetElementsToBeDeleted($this->datamap);
        // Editing frozen:
        if ($this->BE_USER->workspace !== 0 && $this->BE_USER->workspaceRec['freeze']) {
            $this->newlog('All editing in this workspace has been frozen!', 1);
            return false;
        }
        // First prepare user defined objects (if any) for hooks which extend this function:
        $hookObjectsArr = [];
        foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_tcemain.php']['processDatamapClass'] ?? [] as $className) {
            $hookObject = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($className);
            if (method_exists($hookObject, 'processDatamap_beforeStart')) {
                $hookObject->processDatamap_beforeStart($this);
            }
            $hookObjectsArr[] = $hookObject;
        }
        // Pre-process data-map and synchronize localization states
        $this->datamap = DataMapProcessor::instance($this->datamap, $this->BE_USER)->process();
        // Organize tables so that the pages-table is always processed first. This is required if you want to make sure that content pointing to a new page will be created.
        $orderOfTables = [];
        // Set pages first.
        if (isset($this->datamap['pages'])) {
            $orderOfTables[] = 'pages';
        }
        $orderOfTables = array_unique(array_merge($orderOfTables, array_keys($this->datamap)));
        // Process the tables...
        foreach ($orderOfTables as $table) {
            // Check if
            //	   - table is set in $GLOBALS['TCA'],
            //	   - table is NOT readOnly
            //	   - the table is set with content in the data-array (if not, there's nothing to process...)
            //	   - permissions for tableaccess OK
            $modifyAccessList = $this->checkModifyAccessList($table);
            if (!$modifyAccessList) {
                $this->log($table, 0, 2, 0, 1, 'Attempt to modify table \'%s\' without permission', 1, [$table]);
            }
            if (!isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]) || $this->tableReadOnly($table) || !is_array($this->datamap[$table]) || !$modifyAccessList) {
                continue;
            }

            if ($this->reverseOrder) {
                $this->datamap[$table] = array_reverse($this->datamap[$table], 1);
            }
            // For each record from the table, do:
            // $id is the record uid, may be a string if new records...
            // $incomingFieldArray is the array of fields
            foreach ($this->datamap[$table] as $id => $incomingFieldArray) {
                if (!is_array($incomingFieldArray)) {
                    continue;
                }
                $theRealPid = null;

                // Hook: processDatamap_preProcessFieldArray
                foreach ($hookObjectsArr as $hookObj) {
                    if (method_exists($hookObj, 'processDatamap_preProcessFieldArray')) {
                        $hookObj->processDatamap_preProcessFieldArray($incomingFieldArray, $table, $id, $this);
                    }
                }
                // ******************************
                // Checking access to the record
                // ******************************
                $createNewVersion = false;
                $recordAccess = false;
                $old_pid_value = '';
                $this->autoVersioningUpdate = false;
                // Is it a new record? (Then Id is a string)
                if (!MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($id)) {
                    // Get a fieldArray with default values
                    $fieldArray = $this->newFieldArray($table);
                    // A pid must be set for new records.
                    if (isset($incomingFieldArray['pid'])) {
                        $pid_value = $incomingFieldArray['pid'];
                        // Checking and finding numerical pid, it may be a string-reference to another value
                        $canProceed = true;
                        // If a NEW... id
                        if (strpos($pid_value, 'NEW') !== false) {
                            if ($pid_value[0] === '-') {
                                $negFlag = -1;
                                $pid_value = substr($pid_value, 1);
                            } else {
                                $negFlag = 1;
                            }
                            // Trying to find the correct numerical value as it should be mapped by earlier processing of another new record.
                            if (isset($this->substNEWwithIDs[$pid_value])) {
                                if ($negFlag === 1) {
                                    $old_pid_value = $this->substNEWwithIDs[$pid_value];
                                }
                                $pid_value = (int)($negFlag * $this->substNEWwithIDs[$pid_value]);
                            } else {
                                $canProceed = false;
                            }
                        }
                        $pid_value = (int)$pid_value;
                        if ($canProceed) {
                            $fieldArray = $this->resolveSortingAndPidForNewRecord($table, $pid_value, $fieldArray);
                        }
                    }
                    $theRealPid = $fieldArray['pid'];
                    // Now, check if we may insert records on this pid.
                    if ($theRealPid >= 0) {
                        // Checks if records can be inserted on this $pid.
                        // If this is a page translation, the check needs to be done for the l10n_parent record
                        if ($table === 'pages' && $incomingFieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']] > 0 && $incomingFieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']] > 0) {
                            $recordAccess = $this->checkRecordInsertAccess($table, $incomingFieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']]);
                        } else {
                            $recordAccess = $this->checkRecordInsertAccess($table, $theRealPid);
                        }
                        if ($recordAccess) {
                            $this->addDefaultPermittedLanguageIfNotSet($table, $incomingFieldArray);
                            $recordAccess = $this->BE_USER->recordEditAccessInternals($table, $incomingFieldArray, true);
                            if (!$recordAccess) {
                                $this->newlog('recordEditAccessInternals() check failed. [' . $this->BE_USER->errorMsg . ']', 1);
                            } elseif (!$this->bypassWorkspaceRestrictions) {
                                // Workspace related processing:
                                // If LIVE records cannot be created in the current PID due to workspace restrictions, prepare creation of placeholder-record
                                if ($res = $this->BE_USER->workspaceAllowLiveRecordsInPID($theRealPid, $table)) {
                                    if ($res < 0) {
                                        $recordAccess = false;
                                        $this->newlog('Stage for versioning root point and users access level did not allow for editing', 1);
                                    }
                                } else {
                                    // So, if no live records were allowed, we have to create a new version of this record:
                                    if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) {
                                        $createNewVersion = true;
                                    } else {
                                        $recordAccess = false;
                                        $this->newlog('Record could not be created in this workspace in this branch', 1);
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                        }
                    } else {
                        $this->logger->debug('Internal ERROR: pid should not be less than zero!');
                    }
                    // Yes new record, change $record_status to 'insert'
                    $status = 'new';
                } else {
                    // Nope... $id is a number
                    $fieldArray = [];
                    $recordAccess = $this->checkRecordUpdateAccess($table, $id, $incomingFieldArray, $hookObjectsArr);
                    if (!$recordAccess) {
                        if ($this->enableLogging) {
                            $propArr = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $id);
                            $this->log($table, $id, 2, 0, 1, 'Attempt to modify record \'%s\' (%s) without permission. Or non-existing page.', 2, [$propArr['header'], $table . ':' . $id], $propArr['event_pid']);
                        }
                        continue;
                    }
                    // Next check of the record permissions (internals)
                    $recordAccess = $this->BE_USER->recordEditAccessInternals($table, $id);
                    if (!$recordAccess) {
                        $this->newlog('recordEditAccessInternals() check failed. [' . $this->BE_USER->errorMsg . ']', 1);
                    } else {
                        // Here we fetch the PID of the record that we point to...
                        $tempdata = $this->recordInfo($table, $id, 'pid' . ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS'] ? ',t3ver_wsid,t3ver_stage' : ''));
                        $theRealPid = $tempdata['pid'];
                        // Use the new id of the versionized record we're trying to write to:
                        // (This record is a child record of a parent and has already been versionized.)
                        if ($this->autoVersionIdMap[$table][$id]) {
                            // For the reason that creating a new version of this record, automatically
                            // created related child records (e.g. "IRRE"), update the accordant field:
                            $this->getVersionizedIncomingFieldArray($table, $id, $incomingFieldArray, $registerDBList);
                            // Use the new id of the copied/versionized record:
                            $id = $this->autoVersionIdMap[$table][$id];
                            $recordAccess = true;
                            $this->autoVersioningUpdate = true;
                        } elseif (!$this->bypassWorkspaceRestrictions && ($errorCode = $this->BE_USER->workspaceCannotEditRecord($table, $tempdata))) {
                            $recordAccess = false;
                            // Versioning is required and it must be offline version!
                            // Check if there already is a workspace version
                            $WSversion = BackendUtility::getWorkspaceVersionOfRecord($this->BE_USER->workspace, $table, $id, 'uid,t3ver_oid');
                            if ($WSversion) {
                                $id = $WSversion['uid'];
                                $recordAccess = true;
                            } elseif ($this->BE_USER->workspaceAllowAutoCreation($table, $id, $theRealPid)) {
                                // new version of a record created in a workspace - so always refresh pagetree to indicate there is a change in the workspace
                                $this->pagetreeNeedsRefresh = true;

                                /** @var $tce DataHandler */
                                $tce = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(__CLASS__);
                                $tce->enableLogging = $this->enableLogging;
                                // Setting up command for creating a new version of the record:
                                $cmd = [];
                                $cmd[$table][$id]['version'] = [
                                    'action' => 'new',
                                    // Default is to create a version of the individual records... element versioning that is.
                                    'label' => 'Auto-created for WS #' . $this->BE_USER->workspace
                                ];
                                $tce->start([], $cmd);
                                $tce->process_cmdmap();
                                $this->errorLog = array_merge($this->errorLog, $tce->errorLog);
                                // If copying was successful, share the new uids (also of related children):
                                if ($tce->copyMappingArray[$table][$id]) {
                                    foreach ($tce->copyMappingArray as $origTable => $origIdArray) {
                                        foreach ($origIdArray as $origId => $newId) {
                                            $this->uploadedFileArray[$origTable][$newId] = $this->uploadedFileArray[$origTable][$origId];
                                            $this->autoVersionIdMap[$origTable][$origId] = $newId;
                                        }
                                    }
                                    ArrayUtility::mergeRecursiveWithOverrule($this->RTEmagic_copyIndex, $tce->RTEmagic_copyIndex);
                                    // See where RTEmagic_copyIndex is used inside fillInFieldArray() for more information...
                                    // Update registerDBList, that holds the copied relations to child records:
                                    $registerDBList = array_merge($registerDBList, $tce->registerDBList);
                                    // For the reason that creating a new version of this record, automatically
                                    // created related child records (e.g. "IRRE"), update the accordant field:
                                    $this->getVersionizedIncomingFieldArray($table, $id, $incomingFieldArray, $registerDBList);
                                    // Use the new id of the copied/versionized record:
                                    $id = $this->autoVersionIdMap[$table][$id];
                                    $recordAccess = true;
                                    $this->autoVersioningUpdate = true;
                                } else {
                                    $this->newlog('Could not be edited in offline workspace in the branch where found (failure state: \'' . $errorCode . '\'). Auto-creation of version failed!', 1);
                                }
                            } else {
                                $this->newlog('Could not be edited in offline workspace in the branch where found (failure state: \'' . $errorCode . '\'). Auto-creation of version not allowed in workspace!', 1);
                            }
                        }
                    }
                    // The default is 'update'
                    $status = 'update';
                }
                // If access was granted above, proceed to create or update record:
                if (!$recordAccess) {
                    continue;
                }

                // Here the "pid" is set IF NOT the old pid was a string pointing to a place in the subst-id array.
                list($tscPID) = BackendUtility::getTSCpid($table, $id, $old_pid_value ? $old_pid_value : $fieldArray['pid']);
                list($tscPID) = BackendUtility::getTSCpid($table, $id, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $old_pid_value ? $old_pid_value : $fieldArray['pid']);
                if ($status === 'new' && $table === 'pages') {
                    $TSConfig = $this->getTCEMAIN_TSconfig($tscPID);
                    if (isset($TSConfig['permissions.']) && is_array($TSConfig['permissions.'])) {
                        $fieldArray = $this->setTSconfigPermissions($fieldArray, $TSConfig['permissions.']);
                    }
                }
                // Processing of all fields in incomingFieldArray and setting them in $fieldArray
                $fieldArray = $this->fillInFieldArray($table, $id, $fieldArray, $incomingFieldArray, $theRealPid, $status, $tscPID);
                $newVersion_placeholderFieldArray = [];
                if ($createNewVersion) {
                    // create a placeholder array with already processed field content
                    $newVersion_placeholderFieldArray = $fieldArray;
                }
                // NOTICE! All manipulation beyond this point bypasses both "excludeFields" AND possible "MM" relations / file uploads to field!
                // Forcing some values unto field array:
                // NOTICE: This overriding is potentially dangerous; permissions per field is not checked!!!
                $fieldArray = $this->overrideFieldArray($table, $fieldArray);
                if ($createNewVersion) {
                    $newVersion_placeholderFieldArray = $this->overrideFieldArray($table, $newVersion_placeholderFieldArray);
                }
                // Setting system fields
                if ($status === 'new') {
                    if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['crdate']) {
                        $fieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['crdate']] = $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'];
                        if ($createNewVersion) {
                            $newVersion_placeholderFieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['crdate']] = $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'];
                        }
                    }
                    if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['cruser_id']) {
                        $fieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['cruser_id']] = $this->userid;
                        if ($createNewVersion) {
                            $newVersion_placeholderFieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['cruser_id']] = $this->userid;
                        }
                    }
                } elseif ($this->checkSimilar) {
                    // Removing fields which are equal to the current value:
                    $fieldArray = $this->compareFieldArrayWithCurrentAndUnset($table, $id, $fieldArray);
                }
                if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['tstamp'] && !empty($fieldArray)) {
                    $fieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['tstamp']] = $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'];
                    if ($createNewVersion) {
                        $newVersion_placeholderFieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['tstamp']] = $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'];
                    }
                }
                // Set stage to "Editing" to make sure we restart the workflow
                if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) {
                    $fieldArray['t3ver_stage'] = 0;
                }
                // Hook: processDatamap_postProcessFieldArray
                foreach ($hookObjectsArr as $hookObj) {
                    if (method_exists($hookObj, 'processDatamap_postProcessFieldArray')) {
                        $hookObj->processDatamap_postProcessFieldArray($status, $table, $id, $fieldArray, $this);
                    }
                }
                // Performing insert/update. If fieldArray has been unset by some userfunction (see hook above), don't do anything
                // Kasper: Unsetting the fieldArray is dangerous; MM relations might be saved already and files could have been uploaded that are now "lost"
                if (is_array($fieldArray)) {
                    if ($status === 'new') {
                        if ($table === 'pages') {
                            // for new pages always a refresh is needed
                            $this->pagetreeNeedsRefresh = true;
                        }

                        // This creates a new version of the record with online placeholder and offline version
                        if ($createNewVersion) {
                            // new record created in a workspace - so always refresh pagetree to indicate there is a change in the workspace
                            $this->pagetreeNeedsRefresh = true;

                            $newVersion_placeholderFieldArray['t3ver_label'] = 'INITIAL PLACEHOLDER';
                            // Setting placeholder state value for temporary record
                            $newVersion_placeholderFieldArray['t3ver_state'] = (string)new VersionState(VersionState::NEW_PLACEHOLDER);
                            // Setting workspace - only so display of place holders can filter out those from other workspaces.
                            $newVersion_placeholderFieldArray['t3ver_wsid'] = $this->BE_USER->workspace;
                            $newVersion_placeholderFieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['label']] = $this->getPlaceholderTitleForTableLabel($table);
                            // Saving placeholder as 'original'
                            $this->insertDB($table, $id, $newVersion_placeholderFieldArray, false);
                            // For the actual new offline version, set versioning values to point to placeholder:
                            $fieldArray['pid'] = -1;
                            $fieldArray['t3ver_oid'] = $this->substNEWwithIDs[$id];
                            $fieldArray['t3ver_id'] = 1;
                            // Setting placeholder state value for version (so it can know it is currently a new version...)
                            $fieldArray['t3ver_state'] = (string)new VersionState(VersionState::NEW_PLACEHOLDER_VERSION);
                            $fieldArray['t3ver_label'] = 'First draft version';
                            $fieldArray['t3ver_wsid'] = $this->BE_USER->workspace;
                            // When inserted, $this->substNEWwithIDs[$id] will be changed to the uid of THIS version and so the interface will pick it up just nice!
                            $phShadowId = $this->insertDB($table, $id, $fieldArray, true, 0, true);
                            if ($phShadowId) {
0   == false // true
0   == null  // true
123 == false // false
123 == null  // false

// It is often better to use strict comparison
0 === false // false
0 === null  // false
                                // Processes fields of the placeholder record:
                                $this->triggerRemapAction($table, $id, [$this, 'placeholderShadowing'], [$table, $phShadowId]);
                                // Hold auto-versionized ids of placeholders:
                                $this->autoVersionIdMap[$table][$this->substNEWwithIDs[$id]] = $phShadowId;
                            }
                        } else {
                            $this->insertDB($table, $id, $fieldArray, false, $incomingFieldArray['uid']);
                        }
                    } else {
                        if ($table === 'pages') {
                            // only a certain number of fields needs to be checked for updates
                            // if $this->checkSimilar is TRUE, fields with unchanged values are already removed here
                            $fieldsToCheck = array_intersect($this->pagetreeRefreshFieldsFromPages, array_keys($fieldArray));
                            if (!empty($fieldsToCheck)) {
                                $this->pagetreeNeedsRefresh = true;
                            }
                        }
                        $this->updateDB($table, $id, $fieldArray);
                        $this->placeholderShadowing($table, $id);
                    }
                }
                // Hook: processDatamap_afterDatabaseOperations
                // Note: When using the hook after INSERT operations, you will only get the temporary NEW... id passed to your hook as $id,
                // but you can easily translate it to the real uid of the inserted record using the $this->substNEWwithIDs array.
                $this->hook_processDatamap_afterDatabaseOperations($hookObjectsArr, $status, $table, $id, $fieldArray);
            }
        }
        // Process the stack of relations to remap/correct
        $this->processRemapStack();
        $this->dbAnalysisStoreExec();
        $this->removeRegisteredFiles();
        // Hook: processDatamap_afterAllOperations
        // Note: When this hook gets called, all operations on the submitted data have been finished.
        foreach ($hookObjectsArr as $hookObj) {
            if (method_exists($hookObj, 'processDatamap_afterAllOperations')) {
                $hookObj->processDatamap_afterAllOperations($this);
            }
        }
        if ($this->isOuterMostInstance()) {
            $this->processClearCacheQueue();
            $this->resetElementsToBeDeleted();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @param $table
     * @param $row
     * @param $key
     *
     * @return string
     */
    protected function normalizeTimeFormat(string $table, string $value, string $dbType): string
    {
        $connection = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getConnectionForTable($table);
        $platform = $connection->getDatabasePlatform();
        if ($platform instanceof SQLServerPlatform) {
            $defaultLength = QueryHelper::getDateTimeFormats()[$dbType]['empty'];
            $value = substr(
                $value,
                0,
                strlen($defaultLength)
            );
        }
        return $value;
    }

    /**
     * Sets the "sorting" DB field and the "pid" field of an incoming record that should be added (NEW1234)
     * depending on the record that should be added or where it should be added.
     *
     * This method is called from process_datamap()
     *
     * @param string $table the table name of the record to insert
     * @param int $pid the real PID (numeric) where the record should be
     * @param array $fieldArray field+value pairs to add
     * @return array the modified field array
     */
    protected function resolveSortingAndPidForNewRecord(string $table, int $pid, array $fieldArray): array
    {
        $sortRow = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['sortby'];
        // Points to a page on which to insert the element, possibly in the top of the page
        if ($pid >= 0) {
            // Ensure that the "pid" is not a translated page ID, but the default page ID
            $pid = $this->getDefaultLanguagePageId($pid);
            // The numerical pid is inserted in the data array
            $fieldArray['pid'] = $pid;
            // If this table is sorted we better find the top sorting number
            if ($sortRow) {
                $fieldArray[$sortRow] = $this->getSortNumber($table, 0, $pid);
            }
        } elseif ($sortRow) {
            // Points to another record before itself
            // If this table is sorted we better find the top sorting number
            // Because $pid is < 0, getSortNumber() returns an array
            $sortingInfo = $this->getSortNumber($table, 0, $pid);
            $fieldArray['pid'] = $sortingInfo['pid'];
            $fieldArray[$sortRow] = $sortingInfo['sortNumber'];
        } else {
            // Here we fetch the PID of the record that we point to
            $record = $this->recordInfo($table, abs($pid), 'pid');
            $record = $this->recordInfo($table, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ abs($pid), 'pid');
            // Ensure that the "pid" is not a translated page ID, but the default page ID
            $fieldArray['pid'] = $this->getDefaultLanguagePageId($record['pid']);
        }
        return $fieldArray;
    }

    /**
     * Fix shadowing of data in case we are editing an offline version of a live "New" placeholder record:
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id Record uid
     */
    public function placeholderShadowing($table, $id)
    {
        if ($liveRec = BackendUtility::getLiveVersionOfRecord($table, $id, '*')) {
            if (VersionState::cast($liveRec['t3ver_state'])->indicatesPlaceholder()) {
                $justStoredRecord = BackendUtility::getRecord($table, $id);
                $newRecord = [];
                $shadowCols = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['shadowColumnsForNewPlaceholders'];
                $shadowCols .= ',' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField'];
                $shadowCols .= ',' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'];
                if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['translationSource'])) {
                    $shadowCols .= ',' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['translationSource'];
                }
                $shadowCols .= ',' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['type'];
                $shadowCols .= ',' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['label'];
                $shadowColumns = array_unique(GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $shadowCols, true));
                foreach ($shadowColumns as $fieldName) {
                    if ((string)$justStoredRecord[$fieldName] !== (string)$liveRec[$fieldName] && isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$fieldName]) && $fieldName !== 'uid' && $fieldName !== 'pid') {
                        $newRecord[$fieldName] = $justStoredRecord[$fieldName];
                    }
                }
                if (!empty($newRecord)) {
                    if ($this->enableLogging) {
                        $this->log($table, $liveRec['uid'], 0, 0, 0, 'Shadowing done on fields <i>' . implode(',', array_keys($newRecord)) . '</i> in placeholder record ' . $table . ':' . $liveRec['uid'] . ' (offline version UID=' . $id . ')', -1, [], $this->eventPid($table, $liveRec['uid'], $liveRec['pid']));
                    }
                    $this->updateDB($table, $liveRec['uid'], $newRecord);
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Create a placeholder title for the label field that does match the field requirements
     *
     * @param string $table The table name
     * @param string $placeholderContent Placeholder content to be used
     * @return string placeholder value
     */
    public function getPlaceholderTitleForTableLabel($table, $placeholderContent = null)
    {
        if ($placeholderContent === null) {
            $placeholderContent = 'PLACEHOLDER';
        }

        $labelPlaceholder = '[' . $placeholderContent . ', WS#' . $this->BE_USER->workspace . ']';
        $labelField = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['label'];
        if (!isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$labelField]['config']['eval'])) {
            return $labelPlaceholder;
        }
        $evalCodesArray = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$labelField]['config']['eval'], true);
        $transformedLabel = $this->checkValue_input_Eval($labelPlaceholder, $evalCodesArray, '');
        return isset($transformedLabel['value']) ? $transformedLabel['value'] : $labelPlaceholder;
    }

    /**
     * Filling in the field array
     * $this->excludedTablesAndFields is used to filter fields if needed.
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id Record ID
     * @param array $fieldArray Default values, Preset $fieldArray with 'pid' maybe (pid and uid will be not be overridden anyway)
     * @param array $incomingFieldArray Is which fields/values you want to set. There are processed and put into $fieldArray if OK
     * @param int $realPid The real PID value of the record. For updates, this is just the pid of the record. For new records this is the PID of the page where it is inserted.
     * @param string $status Is 'new' or 'update'
     * @param int $tscPID TSconfig PID
     * @return array Field Array
     */
    public function fillInFieldArray($table, $id, $fieldArray, $incomingFieldArray, $realPid, $status, $tscPID)
    {
        // Initialize:
        $originalLanguageRecord = null;
        $originalLanguage_diffStorage = null;
        $diffStorageFlag = false;
        // Setting 'currentRecord' and 'checkValueRecord':
        if (strstr($id, 'NEW')) {
            // Must have the 'current' array - not the values after processing below...
            $checkValueRecord = $fieldArray;
            // IF $incomingFieldArray is an array, overlay it.
            // The point is that when new records are created as copies with flex type fields there might be a field containing information about which DataStructure to use and without that information the flexforms cannot be correctly processed.... This should be OK since the $checkValueRecord is used by the flexform evaluation only anyways...
            if (is_array($incomingFieldArray) && is_array($checkValueRecord)) {
                ArrayUtility::mergeRecursiveWithOverrule($checkValueRecord, $incomingFieldArray);
            }
            $currentRecord = $checkValueRecord;
        } else {
            // We must use the current values as basis for this!
            $currentRecord = ($checkValueRecord = $this->recordInfo($table, $id, '*'));
            // This is done to make the pid positive for offline versions; Necessary to have diff-view for page translations in workspaces.
            BackendUtility::fixVersioningPid($table, $currentRecord);
        }

        // Get original language record if available:
        if (is_array($currentRecord)
            && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigDiffSourceField']
            && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']
            && $currentRecord[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']] > 0
            && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']
            && (int)$currentRecord[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']] > 0) {
            $originalLanguageRecord = $this->recordInfo($table, $currentRecord[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']], '*');
            BackendUtility::workspaceOL($table, $originalLanguageRecord);
            $originalLanguage_diffStorage = unserialize($currentRecord[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigDiffSourceField']]);
        }

        $this->checkValue_currentRecord = $checkValueRecord;
        // In the following all incoming value-fields are tested:
        // - Are the user allowed to change the field?
        // - Is the field uid/pid (which are already set)
        // - perms-fields for pages-table, then do special things...
        // - If the field is nothing of the above and the field is configured in TCA, the fieldvalues are evaluated by ->checkValue
        // If everything is OK, the field is entered into $fieldArray[]
        foreach ($incomingFieldArray as $field => $fieldValue) {
            if (isset($this->excludedTablesAndFields[$table . '-' . $field]) || $this->data_disableFields[$table][$id][$field]) {
                continue;
            }

            // The field must be editable.
            // Checking if a value for language can be changed:
            $languageDeny = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField'] && (string)$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField'] === (string)$field && !$this->BE_USER->checkLanguageAccess($fieldValue);
            if ($languageDeny) {
                continue;
            }

            switch ($field) {
                case 'uid':
                case 'pid':
                    // Nothing happens, already set
                    break;
                case 'perms_userid':
                case 'perms_groupid':
                case 'perms_user':
                case 'perms_group':
                case 'perms_everybody':
                    // Permissions can be edited by the owner or the administrator
                    if ($table === 'pages' && ($this->admin || $status === 'new' || $this->pageInfo($id, 'perms_userid') == $this->userid)) {
                        $value = (int)$fieldValue;
                        switch ($field) {
                            case 'perms_userid':
                            case 'perms_groupid':
                                $fieldArray[$field] = $value;
                                break;
                            default:
                                if ($value >= 0 && $value < pow(2, 5)) {
                                    $fieldArray[$field] = $value;
                                }
                        }
                    }
                    break;
                case 't3ver_oid':
                case 't3ver_id':
                case 't3ver_wsid':
                case 't3ver_state':
                case 't3ver_count':
                case 't3ver_stage':
                case 't3ver_tstamp':
                    // t3ver_label is not here because it CAN be edited as a regular field!
                    break;
                case 'l10n_state':
                    $fieldArray[$field] = $fieldValue;
                    break;
                default:
                    if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$field])) {
                        // Evaluating the value
                        $res = $this->checkValue($table, $field, $fieldValue, $id, $status, $realPid, $tscPID);
                        if (array_key_exists('value', $res)) {
                            $fieldArray[$field] = $res['value'];
                        }
                        // Add the value of the original record to the diff-storage content:
                        if ($this->updateModeL10NdiffData && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigDiffSourceField']) {
                            $originalLanguage_diffStorage[$field] = $this->updateModeL10NdiffDataClear ? '' : $originalLanguageRecord[$field];
                            $diffStorageFlag = true;
                        }
                        // If autoversioning is happening we need to perform a nasty hack. The case is parallel to a similar hack inside checkValue_group_select_file().
                        // When a copy or version is made of a record, a search is made for any RTEmagic* images in fields having the "images" soft reference parser applied.
                        // That should be TRUE for RTE fields. If any are found they are duplicated to new names and the file reference in the bodytext is updated accordingly.
                        // However, with auto-versioning the submitted content of the field will just overwrite the corrected values. This leaves a) lost RTEmagic files and b) creates a double reference to the old files.
                        // The only solution I can come up with is detecting when auto versioning happens, then see if any RTEmagic images was copied and if so make a stupid string-replace of the content !
                        if ($this->autoVersioningUpdate === true) {
                            if (is_array($this->RTEmagic_copyIndex[$table][$id][$field])) {
                                foreach ($this->RTEmagic_copyIndex[$table][$id][$field] as $oldRTEmagicName => $newRTEmagicName) {
                                    $fieldArray[$field] = str_replace(' src="' . $oldRTEmagicName . '"', ' src="' . $newRTEmagicName . '"', $fieldArray[$field]);
                                }
                            }
                        }
                    } elseif ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['origUid'] === $field) {
                        // Allow value for original UID to pass by...
                        $fieldArray[$field] = $fieldValue;
                    }
            }
        }

        // Dealing with a page translation, setting "sorting", "pid", "perms_*" to the same values as the original record
        if ($table === 'pages' && is_array($originalLanguageRecord)) {
            $fieldArray['sorting'] = $originalLanguageRecord['sorting'];
            $fieldArray['perms_userid'] = $originalLanguageRecord['perms_userid'];
            $fieldArray['perms_groupid'] = $originalLanguageRecord['perms_groupid'];
            $fieldArray['perms_user'] = $originalLanguageRecord['perms_user'];
            $fieldArray['perms_group'] = $originalLanguageRecord['perms_group'];
            $fieldArray['perms_everybody'] = $originalLanguageRecord['perms_everybody'];
        }

        // Add diff-storage information:
        if ($diffStorageFlag && !isset($fieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigDiffSourceField']])) {
            // If the field is set it would probably be because of an undo-operation - in which case we should not update the field of course...
            $fieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigDiffSourceField']] = serialize($originalLanguage_diffStorage);
        }
        // Return fieldArray
        return $fieldArray;
    }

    /*********************************************
     *
     * Evaluation of input values
     *
     ********************************************/
    /**
     * Evaluates a value according to $table/$field settings.
     * This function is for real database fields - NOT FlexForm "pseudo" fields.
     * NOTICE: Calling this function expects this: 1) That the data is saved! (files are copied and so on) 2) That files registered for deletion IS deleted at the end (with ->removeRegisteredFiles() )
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param string $field Field name
     * @param string $value Value to be evaluated. Notice, this is the INPUT value from the form. The original value (from any existing record) must be manually looked up inside the function if needed - or taken from $currentRecord array.
     * @param string $id The record-uid, mainly - but not exclusively - used for logging
     * @param string $status 'update' or 'new' flag
     * @param int $realPid The real PID value of the record. For updates, this is just the pid of the record. For new records this is the PID of the page where it is inserted. If $realPid is -1 it means that a new version of the record is being inserted.
     * @param int $tscPID TSconfig PID
     * @return array Returns the evaluated $value as key "value" in this array. Can be checked with isset($res['value']) ...
     */
    public function checkValue($table, $field, $value, $id, $status, $realPid, $tscPID)
    {
        // Result array
        $res = [];

        // Processing special case of field pages.doktype
        if ($table === 'pages' && $field === 'doktype') {
            // If the user may not use this specific doktype, we issue a warning
            if (!($this->admin || GeneralUtility::inList($this->BE_USER->groupData['pagetypes_select'], $value))) {
                if ($this->enableLogging) {
                    $propArr = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $id);
                    $propArr = $this->getRecordProperties($table, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $id);
                    $this->log($table, $id, 5, 0, 1, 'You cannot change the \'doktype\' of page \'%s\' to the desired value.', 1, [$propArr['header']], $propArr['event_pid']);
                    $this->log($table, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $id, 5, 0, 1, 'You cannot change the \'doktype\' of page \'%s\' to the desired value.', 1, [$propArr['header']], $propArr['event_pid']);
                }
                return $res;
            }
            if ($status === 'update') {
                // This checks 1) if we should check for disallowed tables and 2) if there are records from disallowed tables on the current page
                $onlyAllowedTables = isset($GLOBALS['PAGES_TYPES'][$value]['onlyAllowedTables']) ? $GLOBALS['PAGES_TYPES'][$value]['onlyAllowedTables'] : $GLOBALS['PAGES_TYPES']['default']['onlyAllowedTables'];
                if ($onlyAllowedTables) {
                    $theWrongTables = $this->doesPageHaveUnallowedTables($id, $value);
                    $theWrongTables = $this->doesPageHaveUnallowedTables(/** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $id, $value);
                    if ($theWrongTables) {
                        if ($this->enableLogging) {
                            $propArr = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $id);
                            $this->log($table, $id, 5, 0, 1, '\'doktype\' of page \'%s\' could not be changed because the page contains records from disallowed tables; %s', 2, [$propArr['header'], $theWrongTables], $propArr['event_pid']);
                        }
                        return $res;
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        $curValue = null;
        if ((int)$id !== 0) {
            // Get current value:
            $curValueRec = $this->recordInfo($table, $id, $field);
            $curValueRec = $this->recordInfo($table, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $id, $field);
            // isset() won't work here, since values can be NULL
            if ($curValueRec !== null && array_key_exists($field, $curValueRec)) {
                $curValue = $curValueRec[$field];
            }
        }

        // Getting config for the field
        $tcaFieldConf = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$field]['config'];

        // Create $recFID only for those types that need it
        if (
            $tcaFieldConf['type'] === 'flex'
            || $tcaFieldConf['type'] === 'group' && ($tcaFieldConf['internal_type'] === 'file' || $tcaFieldConf['internal_type'] === 'file_reference')
        ) {
            $recFID = $table . ':' . $id . ':' . $field;
        } else {
            $recFID = null;
        }

        // Perform processing:
        $res = $this->checkValue_SW($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $curValue, $status, $realPid, $recFID, $field, $this->uploadedFileArray[$table][$id][$field], $tscPID);
        $res = $this->checkValue_SW($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $id, $curValue, $status, $realPid, $recFID, $field, $this->uploadedFileArray[$table][$id][$field], $tscPID);
        return $res;
    }

    /**
     * Branches out evaluation of a field value based on its type as configured in $GLOBALS['TCA']
     * Can be called for FlexForm pseudo fields as well, BUT must not have $field set if so.
     *
     * @param array $res The result array. The processed value (if any!) is set in the "value" key.
     * @param string $value The value to set.
     * @param array $tcaFieldConf Field configuration from $GLOBALS['TCA']
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id UID of record
     * @param mixed $curValue Current value of the field
     * @param string $status 'update' or 'new' flag
     * @param int $realPid The real PID value of the record. For updates, this is just the pid of the record. For new records this is the PID of the page where it is inserted. If $realPid is -1 it means that a new version of the record is being inserted.
     * @param string $recFID Field identifier [table:uid:field] for flexforms
     * @param string $field Field name. Must NOT be set if the call is for a flexform field (since flexforms are not allowed within flexforms).
     * @param array $uploadedFiles
     * @param int $tscPID TSconfig PID
     * @param array $additionalData Additional data to be forwarded to sub-processors
     * @return array Returns the evaluated $value as key "value" in this array.
     */
    public function checkValue_SW($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $curValue, $status, $realPid, $recFID, $field, $uploadedFiles, $tscPID, array $additionalData = null)
    {
        // Convert to NULL value if defined in TCA
        if ($value === null && !empty($tcaFieldConf['eval']) && GeneralUtility::inList($tcaFieldConf['eval'], 'null')) {
            $res = ['value' => null];
            return $res;
        }

        switch ($tcaFieldConf['type']) {
            case 'text':
                $res = $this->checkValueForText($value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $realPid, $field);
                break;
            case 'passthrough':
            case 'imageManipulation':
            case 'user':
                $res['value'] = $value;
                break;
            case 'input':
                $res = $this->checkValueForInput($value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $realPid, $field);
                break;
            case 'check':
                $res = $this->checkValueForCheck($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $realPid, $field);
                break;
            case 'radio':
                $res = $this->checkValueForRadio($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $realPid, $field);
                break;
            case 'group':
            case 'select':
                $res = $this->checkValueForGroupSelect($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $curValue, $status, $recFID, $uploadedFiles, $field);
                break;
            case 'inline':
                $res = $this->checkValueForInline($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $status, $field, $additionalData);
                break;
            case 'flex':
                // FlexForms are only allowed for real fields.
                if ($field) {
                    $res = $this->checkValueForFlex($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $curValue, $status, $realPid, $recFID, $tscPID, $uploadedFiles, $field);
                }
                break;
            default:
                // Do nothing
        }
        $res = $this->checkValueForInternalReferences($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $field);
        return $res;
    }

    /**
     * Checks values that are used for internal references. If the provided $value
     * is a NEW-identifier, the direct processing is stopped. Instead, the value is
     * forwarded to the remap-stack to be post-processed and resolved into a proper
     * UID after all data has been resolved.
     *
     * This method considers TCA types that cannot handle and resolve these internal
     * values directly, like 'passthrough', 'none' or 'user'. Values are only modified
     * here if the $field is used as 'transOrigPointerField' or 'translationSource'.
     *
     * @param array $res The result array. The processed value (if any!) is set in the 'value' key.
     * @param string $value The value to set.
     * @param array $tcaFieldConf Field configuration from TCA
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id UID of record
     * @param string $field The field name
     * @return array The result array. The processed value (if any!) is set in the "value" key.
     */
    protected function checkValueForInternalReferences(array $res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $field)
    {
        $relevantFieldNames = [
            $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'] ?? null,
            $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['translationSource'] ?? null,
        ];

        if (
            // in case field is empty
            empty($field)
            // in case the field is not relevant
            || !in_array($field, $relevantFieldNames)
            // in case the 'value' index has been unset already
            || !array_key_exists('value', $res)
            // in case it's not a NEW-identifier
            || strpos($value, 'NEW') === false
        ) {
            return $res;
        }

        $valueArray = [$value];
        $this->remapStackRecords[$table][$id] = ['remapStackIndex' => count($this->remapStack)];
        $this->addNewValuesToRemapStackChildIds($valueArray);
        $this->remapStack[] = [
            'args' => [$valueArray, $tcaFieldConf, $id, $table, $field],
            'pos' => ['valueArray' => 0, 'tcaFieldConf' => 1, 'id' => 2, 'table' => 3],
            'field' => $field
        ];
        unset($res['value']);

        return $res;
    }

    /**
     * Evaluate "text" type values.
     *
     * @param string $value The value to set.
     * @param array $tcaFieldConf Field configuration from TCA
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id UID of record
     * @param int $realPid The real PID value of the record. For updates, this is just the pid of the record. For new records this is the PID of the page where it is inserted. If $realPid is -1 it means that a new version of the record is being inserted.
     * @param string $field Field name
     * @return array $res The result array. The processed value (if any!) is set in the "value" key.
     */
    protected function checkValueForText($value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $realPid, $field)
    {
        if (isset($tcaFieldConf['eval']) && $tcaFieldConf['eval'] !== '') {
            $cacheId = $this->getFieldEvalCacheIdentifier($tcaFieldConf['eval']);
            $evalCodesArray = $this->runtimeCache->get($cacheId);
            if (!is_array($evalCodesArray)) {
                $evalCodesArray = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $tcaFieldConf['eval'], true);
                $this->runtimeCache->set($cacheId, $evalCodesArray);
            }
            $valueArray = $this->checkValue_text_Eval($value, $evalCodesArray, $tcaFieldConf['is_in']);
        } else {
            $valueArray = ['value' => $value];
        }

        // Handle richtext transformations
        if ($this->dontProcessTransformations) {
            return $valueArray;
        }
        $recordType = BackendUtility::getTCAtypeValue($table, $this->checkValue_currentRecord);
        $columnsOverridesConfigOfField = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['types'][$recordType]['columnsOverrides'][$field]['config'] ?? null;
        if ($columnsOverridesConfigOfField) {
            ArrayUtility::mergeRecursiveWithOverrule($tcaFieldConf, $columnsOverridesConfigOfField);
        }
        if (isset($tcaFieldConf['enableRichtext']) && (bool)$tcaFieldConf['enableRichtext'] === true) {
            $richtextConfigurationProvider = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(Richtext::class);
            $richtextConfiguration = $richtextConfigurationProvider->getConfiguration($table, $field, $realPid, $recordType, $tcaFieldConf);
            $parseHTML = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(RteHtmlParser::class);
            $parseHTML->init($table . ':' . $field, $realPid);
            $valueArray['value'] = $parseHTML->RTE_transform($value, [], 'db', $richtextConfiguration);
        }

        return $valueArray;
    }

    /**
     * Evaluate "input" type values.
     *
     * @param string $value The value to set.
     * @param array $tcaFieldConf Field configuration from TCA
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id UID of record
     * @param int $realPid The real PID value of the record. For updates, this is just the pid of the record. For new records this is the PID of the page where it is inserted. If $realPid is -1 it means that a new version of the record is being inserted.
     * @param string $field Field name
     * @return array $res The result array. The processed value (if any!) is set in the "value" key.
     */
    protected function checkValueForInput($value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $realPid, $field)
    {
        // Handle native date/time fields
        $isDateOrDateTimeField = false;
        $format = '';
        $emptyValue = '';
        $dateTimeTypes = QueryHelper::getDateTimeTypes();
        // normal integer "date" fields (timestamps) are handled in checkValue_input_Eval
        if (isset($tcaFieldConf['dbType']) && in_array($tcaFieldConf['dbType'], $dateTimeTypes, true)) {
            if (empty($value)) {
                $value = null;
            } else {
                $isDateOrDateTimeField = true;
                $dateTimeFormats = QueryHelper::getDateTimeFormats();
                $format = $dateTimeFormats[$tcaFieldConf['dbType']]['format'];

                // Convert the date/time into a timestamp for the sake of the checks
                $emptyValue = $dateTimeFormats[$tcaFieldConf['dbType']]['empty'];
                // We store UTC timestamps in the database, which is what getTimestamp() returns.
                $dateTime = new \DateTime($value);
                $value = $value === $emptyValue ? null : $dateTime->getTimestamp();
            }
        }
        // Secures the string-length to be less than max.
        if ((int)$tcaFieldConf['max'] > 0) {
            $value = mb_substr((string)$value, 0, (int)$tcaFieldConf['max'], 'utf-8');
        }
        // Checking range of value:
        // @todo: The "checkbox" option was removed for type=input, this check could be probably relaxed?
        if ($tcaFieldConf['range'] && $value != $tcaFieldConf['checkbox'] && (int)$value !== (int)$tcaFieldConf['default']) {
            if (isset($tcaFieldConf['range']['upper']) && (int)$value > (int)$tcaFieldConf['range']['upper']) {
                $value = $tcaFieldConf['range']['upper'];
            }
            if (isset($tcaFieldConf['range']['lower']) && (int)$value < (int)$tcaFieldConf['range']['lower']) {
                $value = $tcaFieldConf['range']['lower'];
            }
        }

        if (empty($tcaFieldConf['eval'])) {
            $res = ['value' => $value];
        } else {
            // Process evaluation settings:
            $cacheId = $this->getFieldEvalCacheIdentifier($tcaFieldConf['eval']);
            $evalCodesArray = $this->runtimeCache->get($cacheId);
            if (!is_array($evalCodesArray)) {
                $evalCodesArray = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $tcaFieldConf['eval'], true);
                $this->runtimeCache->set($cacheId, $evalCodesArray);
            }

            $res = $this->checkValue_input_Eval($value, $evalCodesArray, $tcaFieldConf['is_in']);
            if (isset($tcaFieldConf['dbType']) && isset($res['value']) && !$res['value']) {
                // set the value to null if we have an empty value for a native field
                $res['value'] = null;
            }

            // Process UNIQUE settings:
            // Field is NOT set for flexForms - which also means that uniqueInPid and unique is NOT available for flexForm fields! Also getUnique should not be done for versioning and if PID is -1 ($realPid<0) then versioning is happening...
            if ($field && $realPid >= 0 && !empty($res['value'])) {
                if (in_array('uniqueInPid', $evalCodesArray, true)) {
                    $res['value'] = $this->getUnique($table, $field, $res['value'], $id, $realPid);
                }
                if ($res['value'] && in_array('unique', $evalCodesArray, true)) {
                    $res['value'] = $this->getUnique($table, $field, $res['value'], $id);
                }
            }
        }

        // Handle native date/time fields
        if ($isDateOrDateTimeField) {
            // Convert the timestamp back to a date/time
            $res['value'] = $res['value'] ? gmdate($format, $res['value']) : $emptyValue;
        }
        return $res;
    }

    /**
     * Evaluates 'check' type values.
     *
     * @param array $res The result array. The processed value (if any!) is set in the 'value' key.
     * @param string $value The value to set.
     * @param array $tcaFieldConf Field configuration from TCA
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id UID of record
     * @param int $realPid The real PID value of the record. For updates, this is just the pid of the record. For new records this is the PID of the page where it is inserted. If $realPid is -1 it means that a new version of the record is being inserted.
     * @param string $field Field name
     * @return array Modified $res array
     */
    protected function checkValueForCheck($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $realPid, $field)
    {
        $items = $tcaFieldConf['items'];
        if ($tcaFieldConf['itemsProcFunc']) {
            /** @var ItemProcessingService $processingService */
            $processingService = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ItemProcessingService::class);
            $items = $processingService->getProcessingItems(
                $table,
                $realPid,
                $field,
                $this->checkValue_currentRecord,
                $tcaFieldConf,
                $tcaFieldConf['items']
            );
        }

        $itemC = 0;
        if ($items !== null) {
            $itemC = count($items);
        }
        if (!$itemC) {
            $itemC = 1;
        }
        $maxV = pow(2, $itemC) - 1;
        if ($value < 0) {
            // @todo: throw LogicException here? Negative values for checkbox items do not make sense and indicate a coding error.
            $value = 0;
        }
        if ($value > $maxV) {
            // @todo: This case is pretty ugly: If there is an itemsProcFunc registered, and if it returns a dynamic,
            // @todo: changing list of items, then it may happen that a value is transformed and vanished checkboxes
            // @todo: are permanently removed from the value.
            // @todo: Suggestion: Throw an exception instead? Maybe a specific, catchable exception that generates a
            // @todo: error message to the user - dynamic item sets via itemProcFunc on check would be a bad idea anyway.
            $value = $value & $maxV;
        }
        if ($field && $realPid >= 0 && $value > 0 && !empty($tcaFieldConf['eval'])) {
            $evalCodesArray = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $tcaFieldConf['eval'], true);
            $otherRecordsWithSameValue = [];
            $maxCheckedRecords = 0;
            if (in_array('maximumRecordsCheckedInPid', $evalCodesArray, true)) {
                $otherRecordsWithSameValue = $this->getRecordsWithSameValue($table, $id, $field, $value, $realPid);
                $maxCheckedRecords = (int)$tcaFieldConf['validation']['maximumRecordsCheckedInPid'];
            }
            if (in_array('maximumRecordsChecked', $evalCodesArray, true)) {
                $otherRecordsWithSameValue = $this->getRecordsWithSameValue($table, $id, $field, $value);
                $maxCheckedRecords = (int)$tcaFieldConf['validation']['maximumRecordsChecked'];
            }

            // there are more than enough records with value "1" in the DB
            // if so, set this value to "0" again
            if ($maxCheckedRecords && count($otherRecordsWithSameValue) >= $maxCheckedRecords) {
                $value = 0;
                $this->log($table, $id, 5, 0, 1, 'Could not activate checkbox for field "%s". A total of %s record(s) can have this checkbox activated. Uncheck other records first in order to activate the checkbox of this record.', -1, [$this->getLanguageService()->sL(BackendUtility::getItemLabel($table, $field)), $maxCheckedRecords]);
            }
        }
        $res['value'] = $value;
        return $res;
    }

    /**
     * Evaluates 'radio' type values.
     *
     * @param array $res The result array. The processed value (if any!) is set in the 'value' key.
     * @param string $value The value to set.
     * @param array $tcaFieldConf Field configuration from TCA
     * @param string $table The table of the record
     * @param int $id The id of the record
     * @param int $pid The pid of the record
     * @param string $field The field to check
     * @return array Modified $res array
     */
    protected function checkValueForRadio($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $pid, $field)
    {
        if (is_array($tcaFieldConf['items'])) {
            foreach ($tcaFieldConf['items'] as $set) {
                if ((string)$set[1] === (string)$value) {
                    $res['value'] = $value;
                    break;
                }
            }
        }

        // if no value was found and an itemsProcFunc is defined, check that for the value
        if ($tcaFieldConf['itemsProcFunc'] && empty($res['value'])) {
            $processingService = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ItemProcessingService::class);
            $processedItems = $processingService->getProcessingItems(
                $table,
                $pid,
                $field,
                $this->checkValue_currentRecord,
                $tcaFieldConf,
                $tcaFieldConf['items']
            );

            foreach ($processedItems as $set) {
                if ((string)$set[1] === (string)$value) {
                    $res['value'] = $value;
                    break;
                }
            }
        }

        return $res;
    }

    /**
     * Evaluates 'group' or 'select' type values.
     *
     * @param array $res The result array. The processed value (if any!) is set in the 'value' key.
     * @param string $value The value to set.
     * @param array $tcaFieldConf Field configuration from TCA
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id UID of record
     * @param mixed $curValue Current value of the field
     * @param string $status 'update' or 'new' flag
     * @param string $recFID Field identifier [table:uid:field] for flexforms
     * @param array $uploadedFiles
     * @param string $field Field name
     * @return array Modified $res array
     */
    protected function checkValueForGroupSelect($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $curValue, $status, $recFID, $uploadedFiles, $field)
    {
        // Detecting if value sent is an array and if so, implode it around a comma:
        if (is_array($value)) {
            $value = implode(',', $value);
        }
        // This converts all occurrences of '&#123;' to the byte 123 in the string - this is needed in very rare cases where file names with special characters (e.g. ???, umlaut) gets sent to the server as HTML entities instead of bytes. The error is done only by MSIE, not Mozilla and Opera.
        // Anyway, this should NOT disturb anything else:
        $value = $this->convNumEntityToByteValue($value);
        // When values are sent as group or select they come as comma-separated values which are exploded by this function:
        $valueArray = $this->checkValue_group_select_explodeSelectGroupValue($value);
        // If multiple is not set, remove duplicates:
        if (!$tcaFieldConf['multiple']) {
            $valueArray = array_unique($valueArray);
        }
        // If an exclusive key is found, discard all others:
        if ($tcaFieldConf['type'] === 'select' && $tcaFieldConf['exclusiveKeys']) {
            $exclusiveKeys = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $tcaFieldConf['exclusiveKeys']);
            foreach ($valueArray as $index => $key) {
                if (in_array($key, $exclusiveKeys, true)) {
                    $valueArray = [$index => $key];
                    break;
                }
            }
        }
        // This could be a good spot for parsing the array through a validation-function which checks if the values are correct (except that database references are not in their final form - but that is the point, isn't it?)
        // NOTE!!! Must check max-items of files before the later check because that check would just leave out file names if there are too many!!
        $valueArray = $this->applyFiltersToValues($tcaFieldConf, $valueArray);
        // Checking for select / authMode, removing elements from $valueArray if any of them is not allowed!
        if ($tcaFieldConf['type'] === 'select' && $tcaFieldConf['authMode']) {
            $preCount = count($valueArray);
            foreach ($valueArray as $index => $key) {
                if (!$this->BE_USER->checkAuthMode($table, $field, $key, $tcaFieldConf['authMode'])) {
                    unset($valueArray[$index]);
                }
            }
            // During the check it turns out that the value / all values were removed - we respond by simply returning an empty array so nothing is written to DB for this field.
            if ($preCount && empty($valueArray)) {
                return [];
            }
        }
        // For group types:
        if ($tcaFieldConf['type'] === 'group'
            && in_array($tcaFieldConf['internal_type'], ['file', 'file_reference'], true)) {
            $valueArray = $this->checkValue_group_select_file($valueArray, $tcaFieldConf, $curValue, $uploadedFiles, $status, $table, $id, $recFID);
        }
        // For select types which has a foreign table attached:
        $unsetResult = false;
        if (
            $tcaFieldConf['type'] === 'group' && $tcaFieldConf['internal_type'] === 'db'
            || $tcaFieldConf['type'] === 'select' && ($tcaFieldConf['foreign_table'] || isset($tcaFieldConf['special']) && $tcaFieldConf['special'] === 'languages')
        ) {
            // check, if there is a NEW... id in the value, that should be substituted later
            if (strpos($value, 'NEW') !== false) {
                $this->remapStackRecords[$table][$id] = ['remapStackIndex' => count($this->remapStack)];
                $this->addNewValuesToRemapStackChildIds($valueArray);
                $this->remapStack[] = [
                    'func' => 'checkValue_group_select_processDBdata',
                    'args' => [$valueArray, $tcaFieldConf, $id, $status, $tcaFieldConf['type'], $table, $field],
                    'pos' => ['valueArray' => 0, 'tcaFieldConf' => 1, 'id' => 2, 'table' => 5],
                    'field' => $field
                ];
                $unsetResult = true;
            } else {
                $valueArray = $this->checkValue_group_select_processDBdata($valueArray, $tcaFieldConf, $id, $status, $tcaFieldConf['type'], $table, $field);
            }
        }
        if (!$unsetResult) {
            $newVal = $this->checkValue_checkMax($tcaFieldConf, $valueArray);
            $res['value'] = $this->castReferenceValue(implode(',', $newVal), $tcaFieldConf);
        } else {
            unset($res['value']);
        }
        return $res;
    }

    /**
     * Applies the filter methods from a column's TCA configuration to a value array.
     *
     * @param array $tcaFieldConfiguration
     * @param array $values
     * @return array|mixed
     * @throws \RuntimeException
     */
    protected function applyFiltersToValues(array $tcaFieldConfiguration, array $values)
    {
        if (empty($tcaFieldConfiguration['filter']) || !is_array($tcaFieldConfiguration['filter'])) {
            return $values;
        }
        foreach ($tcaFieldConfiguration['filter'] as $filter) {
            if (empty($filter['userFunc'])) {
                continue;
            }
            $parameters = $filter['parameters'] ?: [];
            $parameters['values'] = $values;
            $parameters['tcaFieldConfig'] = $tcaFieldConfiguration;
            $values = GeneralUtility::callUserFunction($filter['userFunc'], $parameters, $this);
            if (!is_array($values)) {
                throw new \RuntimeException('Failed calling filter userFunc.', 1336051942);
            }
        }
        return $values;
    }

    /**
     * Handling files for group/select function
     *
     * @param array $valueArray Array of incoming file references. Keys are numeric, values are files (basically, this is the exploded list of incoming files)
     * @param array $tcaFieldConf Configuration array from TCA of the field
     * @param string $curValue Current value of the field
     * @param array $uploadedFileArray Array of uploaded files, if any
     * @param string $status 'update' or 'new' flag
     * @param string $table tablename of record
     * @param int $id UID of record
     * @param string $recFID Field identifier [table:uid:field] for flexforms
     * @return array Modified value array
     *
     * @throws \RuntimeException
     */
    public function checkValue_group_select_file($valueArray, $tcaFieldConf, $curValue, $uploadedFileArray, $status, $table, $id, $recFID)
    {
        // If file handling should NOT be bypassed, do processing:
        if (!$this->bypassFileHandling) {
            // If any files are uploaded, add them to value array
            // Numeric index means that there are multiple files
            if (isset($uploadedFileArray[0])) {
                $uploadedFiles = $uploadedFileArray;
            } else {
                // There is only one file
                $uploadedFiles = [$uploadedFileArray];
            }
            foreach ($uploadedFiles as $uploadedFileArray) {
                if (!empty($uploadedFileArray['name']) && $uploadedFileArray['tmp_name'] !== 'none') {
                    $valueArray[] = $uploadedFileArray['tmp_name'];
                    $this->alternativeFileName[$uploadedFileArray['tmp_name']] = $uploadedFileArray['name'];
                }
            }
            // Creating fileFunc object.
            if (!$this->fileFunc) {
                $this->fileFunc = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(BasicFileUtility::class);
            }
            // Setting permitted extensions.
            $this->fileFunc->setFileExtensionPermissions($tcaFieldConf['allowed'], $tcaFieldConf['disallowed'] ?: '*');
        }
        // If there is an upload folder defined:
        if ($tcaFieldConf['uploadfolder'] && $tcaFieldConf['internal_type'] === 'file') {
            $currentFilesForHistory = null;
            // If filehandling should NOT be bypassed, do processing:
            if (!$this->bypassFileHandling) {
                // For logging..
                $propArr = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $id);
                // Get destination path:
                $dest = PATH_site . $tcaFieldConf['uploadfolder'];
                // If we are updating:
                if ($status === 'update') {
                    // Traverse the input values and convert to absolute filenames in case the update happens to an autoVersionized record.
                    // Background: This is a horrible workaround! The problem is that when a record is auto-versionized the files of the record get copied and therefore get new names which is overridden with the names from the original record in the incoming data meaning both lost files and double-references!
                    // The only solution I could come up with (except removing support for managing files when autoversioning) was to convert all relative files to absolute names so they are copied again (and existing files deleted). This should keep references intact but means that some files are copied, then deleted after being copied _again_.
                    // Actually, the same problem applies to database references in case auto-versioning would include sub-records since in such a case references are remapped - and they would be overridden due to the same principle then.
                    // Illustration of the problem comes here:
                    // We have a record 123 with a file logo.gif. We open and edit the files header in a workspace. So a new version is automatically made.
                    // The versions uid is 456 and the file is copied to "logo_01.gif". But the form data that we sent was based on uid 123 and hence contains the filename "logo.gif" from the original.
                    // The file management code below will do two things: First it will blindly accept "logo.gif" as a file attached to the record (thus creating a double reference) and secondly it will find that "logo_01.gif" was not in the incoming filelist and therefore should be deleted.
                    // If we prefix the incoming file "logo.gif" with its absolute path it will be seen as a new file added. Thus it will be copied to "logo_02.gif". "logo_01.gif" will still be deleted but since the files are the same the difference is zero - only more processing and file copying for no reason. But it will work.
                    if ($this->autoVersioningUpdate === true) {
                        foreach ($valueArray as $key => $theFile) {
                            // If it is an already attached file...
                            if ($theFile === basename($theFile)) {
                                $valueArray[$key] = PATH_site . $tcaFieldConf['uploadfolder'] . '/' . $theFile;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                    // Finding the CURRENT files listed, either from MM or from the current record.
                    $theFileValues = [];
                    // If MM relations for the files also!
                    if ($tcaFieldConf['MM']) {
                        $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
                        /** @var $dbAnalysis RelationHandler */
                        $dbAnalysis->start('', 'files', $tcaFieldConf['MM'], $id);
                        foreach ($dbAnalysis->itemArray as $item) {
                            if ($item['id']) {
                                $theFileValues[] = $item['id'];
                            }
                        }
                    } else {
                        $theFileValues = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $curValue, true);
                    }
                    $currentFilesForHistory = implode(',', $theFileValues);
                    // DELETE files: If existing files were found, traverse those and register files for deletion which has been removed:
                    if (!empty($theFileValues)) {
                        // Traverse the input values and for all input values which match an EXISTING value, remove the existing from $theFileValues array (this will result in an array of all the existing files which should be deleted!)
                        foreach ($valueArray as $key => $theFile) {
                            if ($theFile && !strstr(GeneralUtility::fixWindowsFilePath($theFile), '/')) {
                                $theFileValues = ArrayUtility::removeArrayEntryByValue($theFileValues, $theFile);
                            }
                        }
                        // This array contains the filenames in the uploadfolder that should be deleted:
                        foreach ($theFileValues as $key => $theFile) {
                            $theFile = trim($theFile);
                            if (@is_file($dest . '/' . $theFile)) {
                                $this->removeFilesStore[] = $dest . '/' . $theFile;
                            } elseif ($theFile) {
                                $this->log($table, $id, 5, 0, 1, 'Could not delete file \'%s\' (does not exist). (%s)', 10, [$dest . '/' . $theFile, $recFID], $propArr['event_pid']);
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }
                // Traverse the submitted values:
                foreach ($valueArray as $key => $theFile) {
                    // Init:
                    $maxSize = (int)$tcaFieldConf['max_size'];
                    // Must be cleared. Else a faulty fileref may be inserted if the below code returns an error!
                    $theDestFile = '';
                    // a FAL file was added, now resolve the file object and get the absolute path
                    // @todo in future versions this needs to be modified to handle FAL objects natively
                    if (!empty($theFile) && MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($theFile)) {
                        $fileObject = ResourceFactory::getInstance()->getFileObject($theFile);
                        $theFile = $fileObject->getForLocalProcessing(false);
                    }
                    // NEW FILES? If the value contains '/' it indicates, that the file
                    // is new and should be added to the uploadsdir (whether its absolute or relative does not matter here)
                    if (strstr(GeneralUtility::fixWindowsFilePath($theFile), '/')) {
                        // Check various things before copying file:
                        // File and destination must exist
                        if (@is_dir($dest) && (@is_file($theFile) || @is_uploaded_file($theFile))) {
                            // Finding size.
                            if (is_uploaded_file($theFile) && $theFile == $uploadedFileArray['tmp_name']) {
                                $fileSize = $uploadedFileArray['size'];
                            } else {
                                $fileSize = filesize($theFile);
                            }
                            // Check file size:
                            if (!$maxSize || $fileSize <= $maxSize * 1024) {
                                // Prepare filename:
                                $theEndFileName = isset($this->alternativeFileName[$theFile]) ? $this->alternativeFileName[$theFile] : $theFile;
                                $fI = GeneralUtility::split_fileref($theEndFileName);
                                // Check for allowed extension:
                                if ($this->fileFunc->checkIfAllowed($fI['fileext'], $dest, $theEndFileName)) {
                                    $theDestFile = $this->fileFunc->getUniqueName($this->fileFunc->cleanFileName($fI['file']), $dest);
                                    // If we have a unique destination filename, then write the file:
                                    if ($theDestFile) {
                                        GeneralUtility::upload_copy_move($theFile, $theDestFile);
                                        // Hook for post-processing the upload action
                                        foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_tcemain.php']['processUpload'] ?? [] as $className) {
                                            $hookObject = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($className);
                                            if (!$hookObject instanceof DataHandlerProcessUploadHookInterface) {
                                                throw new \UnexpectedValueException($className . ' must implement interface ' . DataHandlerProcessUploadHookInterface::class, 1279962349);
                                            }
                                            $hookObject->processUpload_postProcessAction($theDestFile, $this);
                                        }
                                        $this->copiedFileMap[$theFile] = $theDestFile;
                                        clearstatcache();
                                        if (!@is_file($theDestFile)) {
                                            $this->log($table, $id, 5, 0, 1, 'Copying file \'%s\' failed!: The destination path (%s) may be write protected. Please make it write enabled!. (%s)', 16, [$theFile, dirname($theDestFile), $recFID], $propArr['event_pid']);
                                        }
                                    } else {
                                        $this->log($table, $id, 5, 0, 1, 'Copying file \'%s\' failed!: No destination file (%s) possible!. (%s)', 11, [$theFile, $theDestFile, $recFID], $propArr['event_pid']);
                                    }
                                } else {
                                    $this->log($table, $id, 5, 0, 1, 'File extension \'%s\' not allowed. (%s)', 12, [$fI['fileext'], $recFID], $propArr['event_pid']);
                                }
                            } else {
                                $this->log($table, $id, 5, 0, 1, 'Filesize (%s) of file \'%s\' exceeds limit (%s). (%s)', 13, [GeneralUtility::formatSize($fileSize), $theFile, GeneralUtility::formatSize($maxSize * 1024), $recFID], $propArr['event_pid']);
                            }
                        } else {
                            $this->log($table, $id, 5, 0, 1, 'The destination (%s) or the source file (%s) does not exist. (%s)', 14, [$dest, $theFile, $recFID], $propArr['event_pid']);
                        }
                        // If the destination file was created, we will set the new filename in the value array, otherwise unset the entry in the value array!
                        if (@is_file($theDestFile)) {
                            $info = GeneralUtility::split_fileref($theDestFile);
                            // The value is set to the new filename
                            $valueArray[$key] = $info['file'];
                        } else {
                            // The value is set to the new filename
                            unset($valueArray[$key]);
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
            // If MM relations for the files, we will set the relations as MM records and change the valuearray to contain a single entry with a count of the number of files!
            if ($tcaFieldConf['MM']) {
                /** @var $dbAnalysis RelationHandler */
                $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
                // Dummy
                $dbAnalysis->tableArray['files'] = [];
                foreach ($valueArray as $key => $theFile) {
                    // Explode files
                    $dbAnalysis->itemArray[]['id'] = $theFile;
                }
                if ($status === 'update') {
                    $dbAnalysis->writeMM($tcaFieldConf['MM'], $id, 0);
                    $newFiles = implode(',', $dbAnalysis->getValueArray());
                    list(, , $recFieldName) = explode(':', $recFID);
                    if ($currentFilesForHistory != $newFiles) {
                        $this->mmHistoryRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['oldRecord'][$recFieldName] = $currentFilesForHistory;
                        $this->mmHistoryRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['newRecord'][$recFieldName] = $newFiles;
                    } else {
                        $this->mmHistoryRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['oldRecord'][$recFieldName] = '';
                        $this->mmHistoryRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['newRecord'][$recFieldName] = '';
                    }
                } else {
                    $this->dbAnalysisStore[] = [$dbAnalysis, $tcaFieldConf['MM'], $id, 0];
                }
                $valueArray = $dbAnalysis->countItems();
            }
        } else {
            if (!empty($valueArray)) {
                // If filehandling should NOT be bypassed, do processing:
                if (!$this->bypassFileHandling) {
                    // For logging..
                    $propArr = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $id);
                    foreach ($valueArray as &$theFile) {
                        // FAL handling: it's a UID, thus it is resolved to the absolute path
                        if (!empty($theFile) && MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($theFile)) {
                            $fileObject = ResourceFactory::getInstance()->getFileObject($theFile);
                            $theFile = $fileObject->getForLocalProcessing(false);
                        }
                        if ($this->alternativeFilePath[$theFile]) {
                            // If alternative File Path is set for the file, then it was an import
                            // don't import the file if it already exists
                            if (@is_file((PATH_site . $this->alternativeFilePath[$theFile]))) {
                                $theFile = PATH_site . $this->alternativeFilePath[$theFile];
                            } elseif (@is_file($theFile)) {
                                $dest = dirname(PATH_site . $this->alternativeFilePath[$theFile]);
                                if (!@is_dir($dest)) {
                                    GeneralUtility::mkdir_deep($dest);
                                }
                                // Init:
                                $maxSize = (int)$tcaFieldConf['max_size'];
                                // Must be cleared. Else a faulty fileref may be inserted if the below code returns an error!
                                $theDestFile = '';
                                $fileSize = filesize($theFile);
                                // Check file size:
                                if (!$maxSize || $fileSize <= $maxSize * 1024) {
                                    // Prepare filename:
                                    $theEndFileName = isset($this->alternativeFileName[$theFile]) ? $this->alternativeFileName[$theFile] : $theFile;
                                    $fI = GeneralUtility::split_fileref($theEndFileName);
                                    // Check for allowed extension:
                                    if ($this->fileFunc->checkIfAllowed($fI['fileext'], $dest, $theEndFileName)) {
                                        $theDestFile = PATH_site . $this->alternativeFilePath[$theFile];
                                        // Write the file:
                                        if ($theDestFile) {
                                            GeneralUtility::upload_copy_move($theFile, $theDestFile);
                                            $this->copiedFileMap[$theFile] = $theDestFile;
                                            clearstatcache();
                                            if (!@is_file($theDestFile)) {
                                                $this->log($table, $id, 5, 0, 1, 'Copying file \'%s\' failed!: The destination path (%s) may be write protected. Please make it write enabled!. (%s)', 16, [$theFile, dirname($theDestFile), $recFID], $propArr['event_pid']);
                                            }
                                        } else {
                                            $this->log($table, $id, 5, 0, 1, 'Copying file \'%s\' failed!: No destination file (%s) possible!. (%s)', 11, [$theFile, $theDestFile, $recFID], $propArr['event_pid']);
                                        }
                                    } else {
                                        $this->log($table, $id, 5, 0, 1, 'File extension \'%s\' not allowed. (%s)', 12, [$fI['fileext'], $recFID], $propArr['event_pid']);
                                    }
                                } else {
                                    $this->log($table, $id, 5, 0, 1, 'Filesize (%s) of file \'%s\' exceeds limit (%s). (%s)', 13, [GeneralUtility::formatSize($fileSize), $theFile, GeneralUtility::formatSize($maxSize * 1024), $recFID], $propArr['event_pid']);
                                }
                                // If the destination file was created, we will set the new filename in the value array, otherwise unset the entry in the value array!
                                if (@is_file($theDestFile)) {
                                    // The value is set to the new filename
                                    $theFile = $theDestFile;
                                } else {
                                    // The value is set to the new filename
                                    unset($theFile);
                                }
                            }
                        }
                        if (!empty($theFile)) {
                            $theFile = GeneralUtility::fixWindowsFilePath($theFile);
                            if (GeneralUtility::isFirstPartOfStr($theFile, PATH_site)) {
                                $theFile = PathUtility::stripPathSitePrefix($theFile);
                            }
                        }
                    }
                    unset($theFile);
                }
            }
        }
        return $valueArray;
    }

    /**
     * Evaluates 'flex' type values.
     *
     * @param array $res The result array. The processed value (if any!) is set in the 'value' key.
     * @param string|array $value The value to set.
     * @param array $tcaFieldConf Field configuration from TCA
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id UID of record
     * @param mixed $curValue Current value of the field
     * @param string $status 'update' or 'new' flag
     * @param int $realPid The real PID value of the record. For updates, this is just the pid of the record. For new records this is the PID of the page where it is inserted. If $realPid is -1 it means that a new version of the record is being inserted.
     * @param string $recFID Field identifier [table:uid:field] for flexforms
     * @param int $tscPID TSconfig PID
     * @param array $uploadedFiles Uploaded files for the field
     * @param string $field Field name
     * @return array Modified $res array
     */
    protected function checkValueForFlex($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $curValue, $status, $realPid, $recFID, $tscPID, $uploadedFiles, $field)
    {
        if (is_array($value)) {
            // This value is necessary for flex form processing to happen on flexform fields in page records when they are copied.
            // Problem: when copying a page, flexform XML comes along in the array for the new record - but since $this->checkValue_currentRecord
            // does not have a uid or pid for that sake, the FlexFormTools->getDataStructureIdentifier() function returns no good DS. For new
            // records we do know the expected PID so therefore we send that with this special parameter. Only active when larger than zero.
            $row = $this->checkValue_currentRecord;
            if ($status === 'new') {
                $row['pid'] = $realPid;
            }

            $flexFormTools = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FlexFormTools::class);

            // Get data structure. The methods may throw various exceptions, with some of them being
            // ok in certain scenarios, for instance on new record rows. Those are ok to "eat" here
            // and substitute with a dummy DS.
            $dataStructureArray = [ 'sheets' => [ 'sDEF' => [] ] ];
            try {
                $dataStructureIdentifier = $flexFormTools->getDataStructureIdentifier(
                    [ 'config' => $tcaFieldConf ],
                    $table,
                    $field,
                    $row
                );

                $dataStructureArray = $flexFormTools->parseDataStructureByIdentifier($dataStructureIdentifier);
            } catch (InvalidParentRowException $e) {

            } catch (InvalidParentRowLoopException $e) {

            } catch (InvalidParentRowRootException $e) {

            } catch (InvalidPointerFieldValueException $e) {

            } catch (InvalidIdentifierException $e) {

            }

            // Get current value array:
            $currentValueArray = (string)$curValue !== '' ? GeneralUtility::xml2array($curValue) : [];
            if (!is_array($currentValueArray)) {
                $currentValueArray = [];
            }
            // Remove all old meta for languages...
            // Evaluation of input values:
            $value['data'] = $this->checkValue_flex_procInData($value['data'], $currentValueArray['data'], $uploadedFiles['data'], $dataStructureArray, [$table, $id, $curValue, $status, $realPid, $recFID, $tscPID]);
            // Create XML from input value:
            $xmlValue = $this->checkValue_flexArray2Xml($value, true);

            // Here we convert the currently submitted values BACK to an array, then merge the two and then BACK to XML again. This is needed to ensure the charsets are the same
            // (provided that the current value was already stored IN the charset that the new value is converted to).
            $arrValue = GeneralUtility::xml2array($xmlValue);

            foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_tcemain.php']['checkFlexFormValue'] ?? [] as $className) {
                $hookObject = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($className);
                if (method_exists($hookObject, 'checkFlexFormValue_beforeMerge')) {
                    $hookObject->checkFlexFormValue_beforeMerge($this, $currentValueArray, $arrValue);
                }
            }

            ArrayUtility::mergeRecursiveWithOverrule($currentValueArray, $arrValue);
            ArrayUtility::mergeRecursiveWithOverrule($currentValueArray, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $arrValue);
            $xmlValue = $this->checkValue_flexArray2Xml($currentValueArray, true);

            // Action commands (sorting order and removals of elements) for flexform sections,
            // see FormEngine for the use of this GP parameter
            $actionCMDs = GeneralUtility::_GP('_ACTION_FLEX_FORMdata');
            if (is_array($actionCMDs[$table][$id][$field]['data'])) {
                $arrValue = GeneralUtility::xml2array($xmlValue);
                $this->_ACTION_FLEX_FORMdata($arrValue['data'], $actionCMDs[$table][$id][$field]['data']);
                $xmlValue = $this->checkValue_flexArray2Xml($arrValue, true);
                $xmlValue = $this->checkValue_flexArray2Xml(/** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $arrValue, true);
            }
            // Create the value XML:
            $res['value'] = '';
            $res['value'] .= $xmlValue;
        } else {
            // Passthrough...:
            $res['value'] = $value;
        }

        return $res;
    }

    /**
     * Converts an array to FlexForm XML
     *
     * @param array $array Array with FlexForm data
     * @param bool $addPrologue If set, the XML prologue is returned as well.
     * @return string Input array converted to XML
     */
    public function checkValue_flexArray2Xml($array, $addPrologue = false)
    {
        /** @var $flexObj FlexFormTools */
        $flexObj = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FlexFormTools::class);
        return $flexObj->flexArray2Xml($array, $addPrologue);
    }

    /**
     * Actions for flex form element (move, delete)
     * allows to remove and move flexform sections
     *
     * @param array $valueArray by reference
     * @param array $actionCMDs
     */
    protected function _ACTION_FLEX_FORMdata(&$valueArray, $actionCMDs)
    {
        if (!is_array($valueArray) || !is_array($actionCMDs)) {
            return;
        }

        foreach ($actionCMDs as $key => $value) {
            if ($key === '_ACTION') {
                // First, check if there are "commands":
                if (current($actionCMDs[$key]) === '') {
                    continue;
                }

                asort($actionCMDs[$key]);
                $newValueArray = [];
                foreach ($actionCMDs[$key] as $idx => $order) {
                    // Just one reflection here: It is clear that when removing elements from a flexform, then we will get lost
                    // files unless we act on this delete operation by traversing and deleting files that were referred to.
                    if ($order !== 'DELETE') {
                        $newValueArray[$idx] = $valueArray[$idx];
                    }
                    unset($valueArray[$idx]);
                }
                $valueArray = $valueArray + $newValueArray;
            } elseif (is_array($actionCMDs[$key]) && isset($valueArray[$key])) {
                $this->_ACTION_FLEX_FORMdata($valueArray[$key], $actionCMDs[$key]);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Evaluates 'inline' type values.
     * (partly copied from the select_group function on this issue)
     *
     * @param array $res The result array. The processed value (if any!) is set in the 'value' key.
     * @param string $value The value to set.
     * @param array $tcaFieldConf Field configuration from TCA
     * @param array $PP Additional parameters in a numeric array: $table,$id,$curValue,$status,$realPid,$recFID
     * @param string $field Field name
     * @param array $additionalData Additional data to be forwarded to sub-processors
     * @return array Modified $res array
     */
    public function checkValue_inline($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $PP, $field, array $additionalData = null)
    {
        list($table, $id, , $status) = $PP;
        $this->checkValueForInline($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $status, $field, $additionalData);
    }

    /**
     * Evaluates 'inline' type values.
     * (partly copied from the select_group function on this issue)
     *
     * @param array $res The result array. The processed value (if any!) is set in the 'value' key.
     * @param string $value The value to set.
     * @param array $tcaFieldConf Field configuration from TCA
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id UID of record
     * @param string $status 'update' or 'new' flag
     * @param string $field Field name
     * @param array $additionalData Additional data to be forwarded to sub-processors
     * @return array Modified $res array
     */
    public function checkValueForInline($res, $value, $tcaFieldConf, $table, $id, $status, $field, array $additionalData = null)
    {
        if (!$tcaFieldConf['foreign_table']) {
            // Fatal error, inline fields should always have a foreign_table defined
            return false;
        }
        // When values are sent they come as comma-separated values which are exploded by this function:
        $valueArray = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $value);
        // Remove duplicates: (should not be needed)
        $valueArray = array_unique($valueArray);
        // Example for received data:
        // $value = 45,NEW4555fdf59d154,12,123
        // We need to decide whether we use the stack or can save the relation directly.
        if (!empty($value) && (strpos($value, 'NEW') !== false || !MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($id))) {
            $this->remapStackRecords[$table][$id] = ['remapStackIndex' => count($this->remapStack)];
            $this->addNewValuesToRemapStackChildIds($valueArray);
            $this->remapStack[] = [
                'func' => 'checkValue_inline_processDBdata',
                'args' => [$valueArray, $tcaFieldConf, $id, $status, $table, $field, $additionalData],
                'pos' => ['valueArray' => 0, 'tcaFieldConf' => 1, 'id' => 2, 'table' => 4],
                'additionalData' => $additionalData,
                'field' => $field,
            ];
            unset($res['value']);
        } elseif ($value || MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($id)) {
            $res['value'] = $this->checkValue_inline_processDBdata($valueArray, $tcaFieldConf, $id, $status, $table, $field, $additionalData);
        }
        return $res;
    }

    /**
     * Checks if a fields has more items than defined via TCA in maxitems.
     * If there are more items than allowed, the item list is truncated to the defined number.
     *
     * @param array $tcaFieldConf Field configuration from TCA
     * @param array $valueArray Current value array of items
     * @return array The truncated value array of items
     */
    public function checkValue_checkMax($tcaFieldConf, $valueArray)
    {
        // BTW, checking for min and max items here does NOT make any sense when MM is used because the above function
        // calls will just return an array with a single item (the count) if MM is used... Why didn't I perform the check
        // before? Probably because we could not evaluate the validity of record uids etc... Hmm...
        // NOTE to the comment: It's not really possible to check for too few items, because you must then determine first,
        // if the field is actual used regarding the CType.
        $maxitems = isset($tcaFieldConf['maxitems']) ? (int)$tcaFieldConf['maxitems'] : 99999;
        return array_slice($valueArray, 0, $maxitems);
    }

    /*********************************************
     *
     * Helper functions for evaluation functions.
     *
     ********************************************/
    /**
     * Gets a unique value for $table/$id/$field based on $value
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param string $field Field name for which $value must be unique
     * @param string $value Value string.
     * @param int $id UID to filter out in the lookup (the record itself...)
     * @param int $newPid If set, the value will be unique for this PID
     * @return string Modified value (if not-unique). Will be the value appended with a number (until 100, then the function just breaks).
     */
    public function getUnique($table, $field, $value, $id, $newPid = 0)
    {
        // If the field is configured in TCA, proceed:
        if (is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]) && is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$field])) {
            $newValue = $value;
            $statement = $this->getUniqueCountStatement($newValue, $table, $field, (int)$id, (int)$newPid);
            // For as long as records with the test-value existing, try again (with incremented numbers appended)
            if ($statement->fetchColumn()) {
                for ($counter = 0; $counter <= 100; $counter++) {
                    $newValue = $value . $counter;
                    $statement->bindValue(1, $newValue);
                    $statement->execute();
                    if (!$statement->fetchColumn()) {
                        break;
                    }
                }
            }
            $value = $newValue;
        }
        return $value;
    }

    /**
     * Gets the count of records for a unique field
     *
     * @param string $value The string value which should be unique
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param string $field Field name for which $value must be unique
     * @param int $uid UID to filter out in the lookup (the record itself...)
     * @param int $pid If set, the value will be unique for this PID
     * @return \Doctrine\DBAL\Statement Return the prepared statement to check uniqueness
     */
    protected function getUniqueCountStatement(
        string $value,
        string $table,
        string $field,
        int $uid,
        int $pid
    ): Statement {
        $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
        $this->addDeleteRestriction($queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll());
        $queryBuilder
            ->count('uid')
            ->from($table)
            ->where(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq($field, $queryBuilder->createPositionalParameter($value, \PDO::PARAM_STR)),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->neq('uid', $queryBuilder->createPositionalParameter($uid, \PDO::PARAM_INT))
            );
        if ($pid !== 0) {
            $queryBuilder->andWhere(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('pid', $queryBuilder->createPositionalParameter($pid, \PDO::PARAM_INT))
            );
        } else {
            // pid>=0 for versioning
            $queryBuilder->andWhere(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->gte('pid', $queryBuilder->createPositionalParameter(0, \PDO::PARAM_INT))
            );
        }

        return $queryBuilder->execute();
    }

    /**
     * gets all records that have the same value in a field
     * excluding the given uid
     *
     * @param string $tableName Table name
     * @param int $uid UID to filter out in the lookup (the record itself...)
     * @param string $fieldName Field name for which $value must be unique
     * @param string $value Value string.
     * @param int $pageId If set, the value will be unique for this PID
     * @return array
     */
    public function getRecordsWithSameValue($tableName, $uid, $fieldName, $value, $pageId = 0)
    {
        $result = [];
        if (empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['columns'][$fieldName])) {
            return $result;
        }

        $uid = (int)$uid;
        $pageId = (int)$pageId;

        $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($tableName);
        $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()
            ->removeAll()
            ->add(GeneralUtility::makeInstance(DeletedRestriction::class))
            ->add(GeneralUtility::makeInstance(BackendWorkspaceRestriction::class));

        $queryBuilder->select('*')
            ->from($tableName)
            ->where(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                    $fieldName,
                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($value, \PDO::PARAM_STR)
                ),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->neq(
                    'uid',
                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($uid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                )
            );

        if ($pageId) {
            $queryBuilder->andWhere(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('pid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($pageId, \PDO::PARAM_INT))
            );
        } else {
            $queryBuilder->andWhere(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->gte('pid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(0, \PDO::PARAM_INT))
            );
        }

        $result = $queryBuilder->execute()->fetchAll();

        return $result;
    }

    /**
     * @param string $value The field value to be evaluated
     * @param array $evalArray Array of evaluations to traverse.
     * @param string $is_in The "is_in" value of the field configuration from TCA
     * @return array
     */
    public function checkValue_text_Eval($value, $evalArray, $is_in)
    {
        $res = [];
        $set = true;
        foreach ($evalArray as $func) {
            switch ($func) {
                case 'trim':
                    $value = trim($value);
                    break;
                case 'required':
                    if (!$value) {
                        $set = false;
                    }
                    break;
                default:
                    if (isset($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['tce']['formevals'][$func])) {
                        if (class_exists($func)) {
                            $evalObj = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($func);
                            if (method_exists($evalObj, 'evaluateFieldValue')) {
                                $value = $evalObj->evaluateFieldValue($value, $is_in, $set);
                            }
                        }
                    }
            }
        }
        if ($set) {
            $res['value'] = $value;
        }
        return $res;
    }

    /**
     * Evaluation of 'input'-type values based on 'eval' list
     *
     * @param string $value Value to evaluate
     * @param array $evalArray Array of evaluations to traverse.
     * @param string $is_in Is-in string for 'is_in' evaluation
     * @return array Modified $value in key 'value' or empty array
     */
    public function checkValue_input_Eval($value, $evalArray, $is_in)
    {
        $res = [];
        $set = true;
        foreach ($evalArray as $func) {
            switch ($func) {
                case 'int':
                case 'year':
                    $value = (int)$value;
                    break;
                case 'time':
                case 'timesec':
                    // If $value is a pure integer we have the number of seconds, we can store that directly
                    if ($value !== '' && !MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($value)) {
                        // $value is an ISO 8601 date
                        $value = (new \DateTime($value))->getTimestamp();
                    }
                    break;
                case 'date':
                case 'datetime':
                    // If $value is a pure integer we have the number of seconds, we can store that directly
                    if ($value !== null && $value !== '' && !MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($value)) {
                        // The value we receive from JS is an ISO 8601 date, which is always in UTC. (the JS code works like that, on purpose!)
                        // For instance "1999-11-11T11:11:11Z"
                        // Since the user actually specifies the time in the server's local time, we need to mangle this
                        // to reflect the server TZ. So we make this 1999-11-11T11:11:11+0200 (assuming Europe/Vienna here)
                        // In the database we store the date in UTC (1999-11-11T09:11:11Z), hence we take the timestamp of this converted value.
                        // For achieving this we work with timestamps only (which are UTC) and simply adjust it for the
                        // TZ difference.
                        try {
                            // Make the date from JS a timestamp
                            $value = (new \DateTime($value))->getTimestamp();
                        } catch (\Exception $e) {
                            // set the default timezone value to achieve the value of 0 as a result
                            $value = (int)date('Z', 0);
                        }

                        // @todo this hacky part is problematic when it comes to times around DST switch! Add test to prove that this is broken.
                        $value -= date('Z', $value);
                    }
                    break;
                case 'double2':
                    $value = preg_replace('/[^0-9,\\.-]/', '', $value);
                    $negative = $value[0] === '-';
                    $value = strtr($value, [',' => '.', '-' => '']);
                    $value = strtr($value, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ [',' => '.', '-' => '']);
                    if (strpos($value, '.') === false) {
                        $value .= '.0';
                    }
                    $valueArray = explode('.', $value);
                    $dec = array_pop($valueArray);
                    $value = implode('', $valueArray) . '.' . $dec;
                    if ($negative) {
                        $value *= -1;
                    }
                    $value = number_format($value, 2, '.', '');
                    $value = number_format(/** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $value, 2, '.', '');
                    break;
                case 'md5':
                    if (strlen($value) != 32) {
                        $set = false;
                    }
                    break;
                case 'trim':
                    $value = trim($value);
                    break;
                case 'upper':
                    $value = mb_strtoupper($value, 'utf-8');
                    break;
                case 'lower':
                    $value = mb_strtolower($value, 'utf-8');
                    break;
                case 'required':
                    if (!isset($value) || $value === '') {
                        $set = false;
                    }
                    break;
                case 'is_in':
                    $c = mb_strlen($value);
                    if ($c) {
                        $newVal = '';
                        for ($a = 0; $a < $c; $a++) {
                            $char = mb_substr($value, $a, 1);
                            if (mb_strpos($is_in, $char) !== false) {
                                $newVal .= $char;
                            }
                        }
                        $value = $newVal;
                    }
                    break;
                case 'nospace':
                    $value = str_replace(' ', '', $value);
                    break;
                case 'alpha':
                    $value = preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z]/', '', $value);
                    break;
                case 'num':
                    $value = preg_replace('/[^0-9]/', '', $value);
                    break;
                case 'alphanum':
                    $value = preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9]/', '', $value);
                    break;
                case 'alphanum_x':
                    $value = preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9_-]/', '', $value);
                    break;
                case 'domainname':
                    if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9.\\-]*$/i', $value)) {
                        $value = GeneralUtility::idnaEncode($value);
                    }
                    break;
                case 'email':
                    if ((string)$value !== '') {
                        $this->checkValue_input_ValidateEmail($value, $set);
                    }
                    break;
                default:
                    if (isset($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['tce']['formevals'][$func])) {
                        if (class_exists($func)) {
                            $evalObj = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($func);
                            if (method_exists($evalObj, 'evaluateFieldValue')) {
                                $value = $evalObj->evaluateFieldValue($value, $is_in, $set);
                            }
                        }
                    }
            }
        }
        if ($set) {
            $res['value'] = $value;
        }
        return $res;
    }

    /**
     * If $value is not a valid e-mail address,
     * $set will be set to false and a flash error
     * message will be added
     *
     * @param string $value Value to evaluate
     * @param bool $set TRUE if an update should be done
     * @throws \InvalidArgumentException
     * @throws \TYPO3\CMS\Core\Exception
     */
    protected function checkValue_input_ValidateEmail($value, &$set)
    {
        if (GeneralUtility::validEmail($value)) {
            return;
        }

        $set = false;
        /** @var FlashMessage $message */
        $message = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(
            FlashMessage::class,
            sprintf($this->getLanguageService()->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_core.xlf:error.invalidEmail'), $value),
            /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ sprintf($this->getLanguageService()->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_core.xlf:error.invalidEmail'), $value),
            '', // header is optional
            FlashMessage::ERROR,
            /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ FlashMessage::ERROR,
            true // whether message should be stored in session
            /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ true // whether message should be stored in session
        );
        /** @var $flashMessageService FlashMessageService */
        $flashMessageService = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FlashMessageService::class);
        $flashMessageService->getMessageQueueByIdentifier()->enqueue($message);
    }

    /**
     * Returns data for group/db and select fields
     *
     * @param array $valueArray Current value array
     * @param array $tcaFieldConf TCA field config
     * @param int $id Record id, used for look-up of MM relations (local_uid)
     * @param string $status Status string ('update' or 'new')
     * @param string $type The type, either 'select', 'group' or 'inline'
     * @param string $currentTable Table name, needs to be passed to \TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\RelationHandler
     * @param string $currentField field name, needs to be set for writing to sys_history
     * @return array Modified value array
     */
    public function checkValue_group_select_processDBdata($valueArray, $tcaFieldConf, $id, $status, $type, $currentTable, $currentField)
    {
        if ($type === 'group') {
            $tables = $tcaFieldConf['allowed'];
        } elseif (!empty($tcaFieldConf['special']) && $tcaFieldConf['special'] === 'languages') {
            $tables = 'sys_language';
        } else {
            $tables = $tcaFieldConf['foreign_table'];
        }
        $prep = $type === 'group' ? $tcaFieldConf['prepend_tname'] : '';
        $newRelations = implode(',', $valueArray);
        /** @var $dbAnalysis RelationHandler */
        $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
        $dbAnalysis->registerNonTableValues = !empty($tcaFieldConf['allowNonIdValues']);
        $dbAnalysis->start($newRelations, $tables, '', 0, $currentTable, $tcaFieldConf);
        if ($tcaFieldConf['MM']) {
            // convert submitted items to use version ids instead of live ids
            // (only required for MM relations in a workspace context)
            $dbAnalysis->convertItemArray();
            if ($status === 'update') {
                /** @var $oldRelations_dbAnalysis RelationHandler */
                $oldRelations_dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
                $oldRelations_dbAnalysis->registerNonTableValues = !empty($tcaFieldConf['allowNonIdValues']);
                // Db analysis with $id will initialize with the existing relations
                $oldRelations_dbAnalysis->start('', $tables, $tcaFieldConf['MM'], $id, $currentTable, $tcaFieldConf);
                $oldRelations = implode(',', $oldRelations_dbAnalysis->getValueArray());
                $dbAnalysis->writeMM($tcaFieldConf['MM'], $id, $prep);
                $dbAnalysis->writeMM($tcaFieldConf['MM'], $id, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $prep);
                if ($oldRelations != $newRelations) {
                    $this->mmHistoryRecords[$currentTable . ':' . $id]['oldRecord'][$currentField] = $oldRelations;
                    $this->mmHistoryRecords[$currentTable . ':' . $id]['newRecord'][$currentField] = $newRelations;
                } else {
                    $this->mmHistoryRecords[$currentTable . ':' . $id]['oldRecord'][$currentField] = '';
                    $this->mmHistoryRecords[$currentTable . ':' . $id]['newRecord'][$currentField] = '';
                }
            } else {
                $this->dbAnalysisStore[] = [$dbAnalysis, $tcaFieldConf['MM'], $id, $prep, $currentTable];
            }
            $valueArray = $dbAnalysis->countItems();
        } else {
            $valueArray = $dbAnalysis->getValueArray($prep);
            $valueArray = $dbAnalysis->getValueArray(/** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $prep);
        }
        // Here we should see if 1) the records exist anymore, 2) which are new and check if the BE_USER has read-access to the new ones.
        return $valueArray;
    }

    /**
     * Explodes the $value, which is a list of files/uids (group select)
     *
     * @param string $value Input string, comma separated values. For each part it will also be detected if a '|' is found and the first part will then be used if that is the case. Further the value will be rawurldecoded.
     * @return array The value array.
     */
    public function checkValue_group_select_explodeSelectGroupValue($value)
    {
        $valueArray = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $value, true);
        foreach ($valueArray as &$newVal) {
            $temp = explode('|', $newVal, 2);
            $newVal = str_replace(',', '', str_replace('|', '', rawurldecode($temp[0])));
        }
        unset($newVal);
        return $valueArray;
    }

    /**
     * Starts the processing the input data for flexforms. This will traverse all sheets / languages and for each it will traverse the sub-structure.
     * See checkValue_flex_procInData_travDS() for more details.
     * WARNING: Currently, it traverses based on the actual _data_ array and NOT the _structure_. This means that values for non-valid fields, lKey/vKey/sKeys will be accepted! For traversal of data with a call back function you should rather use \TYPO3\CMS\Core\Configuration\FlexForm\FlexFormTools
     *
     * @param array $dataPart The 'data' part of the INPUT flexform data
     * @param array $dataPart_current The 'data' part of the CURRENT flexform data
     * @param array $uploadedFiles The uploaded files for the 'data' part of the INPUT flexform data
     * @param array $dataStructure Data structure for the form (might be sheets or not). Only values in the data array which has a configuration in the data structure will be processed.
     * @param array $pParams A set of parameters to pass through for the calling of the evaluation functions
     * @param string $callBackFunc Optional call back function, see checkValue_flex_procInData_travDS()  DEPRECATED, use \TYPO3\CMS\Core\Configuration\FlexForm\FlexFormTools instead for traversal!
     * @param array $workspaceOptions
     * @return array The modified 'data' part.
     * @see checkValue_flex_procInData_travDS()
     */
    public function checkValue_flex_procInData($dataPart, $dataPart_current, $uploadedFiles, $dataStructure, $pParams, $callBackFunc = '', array $workspaceOptions = [])
    {
        if (is_array($dataPart)) {
            foreach ($dataPart as $sKey => $sheetDef) {
                if (isset($dataStructure['sheets'][$sKey]) && is_array($dataStructure['sheets'][$sKey]) && is_array($sheetDef)) {
                    foreach ($sheetDef as $lKey => $lData) {
                        $this->checkValue_flex_procInData_travDS(
                            $dataPart[$sKey][$lKey],
                            $dataPart_current[$sKey][$lKey],
                            $uploadedFiles[$sKey][$lKey],
                            $dataStructure['sheets'][$sKey]['ROOT']['el'],
                            $pParams,
                            $callBackFunc,
                            $sKey . '/' . $lKey . '/',
                            $workspaceOptions
                        );
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        return $dataPart;
    }

    /**
     * Processing of the sheet/language data array
     * When it finds a field with a value the processing is done by ->checkValue_SW() by default but if a call back function name is given that method in this class will be called for the processing instead.
     *
     * @param array $dataValues New values (those being processed): Multidimensional Data array for sheet/language, passed by reference!
     * @param array $dataValues_current Current values: Multidimensional Data array. May be empty array() if not needed (for callBackFunctions)
     * @param array $uploadedFiles Uploaded files array for sheet/language. May be empty array() if not needed (for callBackFunctions)
     * @param array $DSelements Data structure which fits the data array
     * @param array $pParams A set of parameters to pass through for the calling of the evaluation functions / call back function
     * @param string $callBackFunc Call back function, default is checkValue_SW(). If $this->callBackObj is set to an object, the callback function in that object is called instead.
     * @param string $structurePath
     * @param array $workspaceOptions
     * @see checkValue_flex_procInData()
     */
    public function checkValue_flex_procInData_travDS(&$dataValues, $dataValues_current, $uploadedFiles, $DSelements, $pParams, $callBackFunc, $structurePath, array $workspaceOptions = [])
    {
        if (!is_array($DSelements)) {
            return;
        }

        // For each DS element:
        foreach ($DSelements as $key => $dsConf) {
            // Array/Section:
            if ($DSelements[$key]['type'] === 'array') {
                if (!is_array($dataValues[$key]['el'])) {
                    continue;
                }

                if ($DSelements[$key]['section']) {
                    foreach ($dataValues[$key]['el'] as $ik => $el) {
                        if (!is_array($el)) {
                            continue;
                        }

                        if (!is_array($dataValues_current[$key]['el'])) {
                            $dataValues_current[$key]['el'] = [];
                        }
                        $theKey = key($el);
                        if (!is_array($dataValues[$key]['el'][$ik][$theKey]['el'])) {
                            continue;
                        }

                        $this->checkValue_flex_procInData_travDS($dataValues[$key]['el'][$ik][$theKey]['el'], is_array($dataValues_current[$key]['el'][$ik]) ? $dataValues_current[$key]['el'][$ik][$theKey]['el'] : [], $uploadedFiles[$key]['el'][$ik][$theKey]['el'], $DSelements[$key]['el'][$theKey]['el'], $pParams, $callBackFunc, $structurePath . $key . '/el/' . $ik . '/' . $theKey . '/el/', $workspaceOptions);
                    }
                } else {
                    if (!isset($dataValues[$key]['el'])) {
                        $dataValues[$key]['el'] = [];
                    }
                    $this->checkValue_flex_procInData_travDS($dataValues[$key]['el'], $dataValues_current[$key]['el'], $uploadedFiles[$key]['el'], $DSelements[$key]['el'], $pParams, $callBackFunc, $structurePath . $key . '/el/', $workspaceOptions);
                }
            } else {
                // init with value from config for passthrough fields
                if (!empty($dsConf['TCEforms']['config']['type']) && $dsConf['TCEforms']['config']['type'] === 'passthrough') {
                    if (!empty($dataValues_current[$key]['vDEF'])) {
                        // If there is existing value, keep it
                        $dataValues[$key]['vDEF'] = $dataValues_current[$key]['vDEF'];
                    } elseif (
                        !empty($dsConf['TCEforms']['config']['default'])
                        && isset($pParams[1])
                        && !MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($pParams[1])
                    ) {
                        // If is new record and a default is specified for field, use it.
                        $dataValues[$key]['vDEF'] = $dsConf['TCEforms']['config']['default'];
                    }
                }
                if (!is_array($dsConf['TCEforms']['config']) || !is_array($dataValues[$key])) {
                    continue;
                }

                foreach ($dataValues[$key] as $vKey => $data) {
                    if ($callBackFunc) {
                        if (is_object($this->callBackObj)) {
                            $res = $this->callBackObj->{$callBackFunc}($pParams, $dsConf['TCEforms']['config'], $dataValues[$key][$vKey], $dataValues_current[$key][$vKey], $uploadedFiles[$key][$vKey], $structurePath . $key . '/' . $vKey . '/', $workspaceOptions);
                        } else {
                            $res = $this->{$callBackFunc}($pParams, $dsConf['TCEforms']['config'], $dataValues[$key][$vKey], $dataValues_current[$key][$vKey], $uploadedFiles[$key][$vKey], $structurePath . $key . '/' . $vKey . '/', $workspaceOptions);
                        }
                    } else {
                        // Default
                        list($CVtable, $CVid, $CVcurValue, $CVstatus, $CVrealPid, $CVrecFID, $CVtscPID) = $pParams;

                        $additionalData = [
                            'flexFormId' => $CVrecFID,
                            'flexFormPath' => trim(rtrim($structurePath, '/') . '/' . $key . '/' . $vKey, '/'),
                        ];

                        $res = $this->checkValue_SW([], $dataValues[$key][$vKey], $dsConf['TCEforms']['config'], $CVtable, $CVid, $dataValues_current[$key][$vKey], $CVstatus, $CVrealPid, $CVrecFID, '', $uploadedFiles[$key][$vKey], $CVtscPID, $additionalData);
                    }
                    // Adding the value:
                    if (isset($res['value'])) {
                        $dataValues[$key][$vKey] = $res['value'];
                    }
                    // Finally, check if new and old values are different (or no .vDEFbase value is found) and if so, we record the vDEF value for diff'ing.
                    // We do this after $dataValues has been updated since I expect that $dataValues_current holds evaluated values from database (so this must be the right value to compare with).
                    if (mb_substr($vKey, -9) !== '.vDEFbase') {
                        if ($this->updateModeL10NdiffData && $GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['BE']['flexFormXMLincludeDiffBase'] && $vKey !== 'vDEF' && ((string)$dataValues[$key][$vKey] !== (string)$dataValues_current[$key][$vKey] || !isset($dataValues_current[$key][$vKey . '.vDEFbase']) || $this->updateModeL10NdiffData === 'FORCE_FFUPD')) {
                            // Now, check if a vDEF value is submitted in the input data, if so we expect this has been processed prior to this operation (normally the case since those fields are higher in the form) and we can use that:
                            if (isset($dataValues[$key]['vDEF'])) {
                                $diffValue = $dataValues[$key]['vDEF'];
                            } else {
                                // If not found (for translators with no access to the default language) we use the one from the current-value data set:
                                $diffValue = $dataValues_current[$key]['vDEF'];
                            }
                            // Setting the reference value for vDEF for this translation. This will be used for translation tools to make a diff between the vDEF and vDEFbase to see if an update would be fitting.
                            $dataValues[$key][$vKey . '.vDEFbase'] = $this->updateModeL10NdiffDataClear ? '' : $diffValue;
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Returns data for inline fields.
     *
     * @param array $valueArray Current value array
     * @param array $tcaFieldConf TCA field config
     * @param int $id Record id
     * @param string $status Status string ('update' or 'new')
     * @param string $table Table name, needs to be passed to \TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\RelationHandler
     * @param string $field The current field the values are modified for
     * @param array $additionalData Additional data to be forwarded to sub-processors
     * @return string Modified values
     */
    protected function checkValue_inline_processDBdata($valueArray, $tcaFieldConf, $id, $status, $table, $field, array $additionalData = null)
    {
        $foreignTable = $tcaFieldConf['foreign_table'];
        $valueArray = $this->applyFiltersToValues($tcaFieldConf, $valueArray);
        // Fetch the related child records using \TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\RelationHandler
        /** @var $dbAnalysis RelationHandler */
        $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
        $dbAnalysis->start(implode(',', $valueArray), $foreignTable, '', 0, $table, $tcaFieldConf);
        // IRRE with a pointer field (database normalization):
        if ($tcaFieldConf['foreign_field']) {
            // if the record was imported, sorting was also imported, so skip this
            $skipSorting = (bool)$this->callFromImpExp;
            // update record in intermediate table (sorting & pointer uid to parent record)
            $dbAnalysis->writeForeignField($tcaFieldConf, $id, 0, $skipSorting);
            $newValue = $dbAnalysis->countItems(false);
        } elseif ($this->getInlineFieldType($tcaFieldConf) === 'mm') {
            // In order to fully support all the MM stuff, directly call checkValue_group_select_processDBdata instead of repeating the needed code here
            $valueArray = $this->checkValue_group_select_processDBdata($valueArray, $tcaFieldConf, $id, $status, 'select', $table, $field);
            $newValue = $valueArray[0];
        } else {
            $valueArray = $dbAnalysis->getValueArray();
            // Checking that the number of items is correct:
            $valueArray = $this->checkValue_checkMax($tcaFieldConf, $valueArray);
            $newValue = $this->castReferenceValue(implode(',', $valueArray), $tcaFieldConf);
        }
        return $newValue;
    }

    /*********************************************
     *
     * PROCESSING COMMANDS
     *
     ********************************************/
    /**
     * Processing the cmd-array
     * See "TYPO3 Core API" for a description of the options.
     *
     * @return void|bool
     */
    public function process_cmdmap()
    {
        // Editing frozen:
        if ($this->BE_USER->workspace !== 0 && $this->BE_USER->workspaceRec['freeze']) {
            $this->newlog('All editing in this workspace has been frozen!', 1);
            return false;
        }
        // Hook initialization:
        $hookObjectsArr = [];
        foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_tcemain.php']['processCmdmapClass'] ?? [] as $className) {
            $hookObj = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($className);
            if (method_exists($hookObj, 'processCmdmap_beforeStart')) {
                $hookObj->processCmdmap_beforeStart($this);
            }
            $hookObjectsArr[] = $hookObj;
        }
        $pasteDatamap = [];
        // Traverse command map:
        foreach ($this->cmdmap as $table => $_) {
            // Check if the table may be modified!
            $modifyAccessList = $this->checkModifyAccessList($table);
            if (!$modifyAccessList) {
                $this->log($table, 0, 2, 0, 1, 'Attempt to modify table \'%s\' without permission', 1, [$table]);
            }
            // Check basic permissions and circumstances:
            if (!isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]) || $this->tableReadOnly($table) || !is_array($this->cmdmap[$table]) || !$modifyAccessList) {
                continue;
            }

            // Traverse the command map:
            foreach ($this->cmdmap[$table] as $id => $incomingCmdArray) {
                if (!is_array($incomingCmdArray)) {
                    continue;
                }

                if ($table === 'pages') {
                    // for commands on pages do a pagetree-refresh
                    $this->pagetreeNeedsRefresh = true;
                }

                foreach ($incomingCmdArray as $command => $value) {
                    $pasteUpdate = false;
                    if (is_array($value) && isset($value['action']) && $value['action'] === 'paste') {
                        // Extended paste command: $command is set to "move" or "copy"
                        // $value['update'] holds field/value pairs which should be updated after copy/move operation
                        // $value['target'] holds original $value (target of move/copy)
                        $pasteUpdate = $value['update'];
                        $value = $value['target'];
                    }
                    foreach ($hookObjectsArr as $hookObj) {
                        if (method_exists($hookObj, 'processCmdmap_preProcess')) {
                            $hookObj->processCmdmap_preProcess($command, $table, $id, $value, $this, $pasteUpdate);
                        }
                    }
                    // Init copyMapping array:
                    // Must clear this array before call from here to those functions:
                    // Contains mapping information between new and old id numbers.
                    $this->copyMappingArray = [];
                    // process the command
                    $commandIsProcessed = false;
                    foreach ($hookObjectsArr as $hookObj) {
                        if (method_exists($hookObj, 'processCmdmap')) {
                            $hookObj->processCmdmap($command, $table, $id, $value, $commandIsProcessed, $this, $pasteUpdate);
                        }
                    }
                    // Only execute default commands if a hook hasn't been processed the command already
                    if (!$commandIsProcessed) {
                        $procId = $id;
                        $backupUseTransOrigPointerField = $this->useTransOrigPointerField;
                        // Branch, based on command
                        switch ($command) {
                            case 'move':
                                $this->moveRecord($table, $id, $value);
                                break;
                            case 'copy':
                                if ($table === 'pages') {
                                    $this->copyPages($id, $value);
                                } else {
                                    $this->copyRecord($table, $id, $value, true);
                                }
                                $procId = $this->copyMappingArray[$table][$id];
                                break;
                            case 'localize':
                                $this->useTransOrigPointerField = true;
                                $this->localize($table, $id, $value);
                                break;
                            case 'copyToLanguage':
                                $this->useTransOrigPointerField = false;
                                $this->localize($table, $id, $value);
                                break;
                            case 'inlineLocalizeSynchronize':
                                $this->inlineLocalizeSynchronize($table, $id, $value);
                                break;
                            case 'delete':
                                $this->deleteAction($table, $id);
                                break;
                            case 'undelete':
                                $this->undeleteRecord($table, $id);
                                break;
                        }
                        $this->useTransOrigPointerField = $backupUseTransOrigPointerField;
                        if (is_array($pasteUpdate)) {
                            $pasteDatamap[$table][$procId] = $pasteUpdate;
                        }
                    }
                    foreach ($hookObjectsArr as $hookObj) {
                        if (method_exists($hookObj, 'processCmdmap_postProcess')) {
                            $hookObj->processCmdmap_postProcess($command, $table, $id, $value, $this, $pasteUpdate, $pasteDatamap);
                        }
                    }
                    // Merging the copy-array info together for remapping purposes.
                    ArrayUtility::mergeRecursiveWithOverrule($this->copyMappingArray_merged, $this->copyMappingArray);
                }
            }
        }
        /** @var $copyTCE DataHandler */
        $copyTCE = $this->getLocalTCE();
        $copyTCE->start($pasteDatamap, [], $this->BE_USER);
        $copyTCE->process_datamap();
        $this->errorLog = array_merge($this->errorLog, $copyTCE->errorLog);
        unset($copyTCE);

        // Finally, before exit, check if there are ID references to remap.
        // This might be the case if versioning or copying has taken place!
        $this->remapListedDBRecords();
        $this->processRemapStack();
        foreach ($hookObjectsArr as $hookObj) {
            if (method_exists($hookObj, 'processCmdmap_afterFinish')) {
                $hookObj->processCmdmap_afterFinish($this);
            }
        }
        if ($this->isOuterMostInstance()) {
            $this->processClearCacheQueue();
            $this->resetNestedElementCalls();
        }
    }

    /*********************************************
     *
     * Cmd: Copying
     *
     ********************************************/
    /**
     * Copying a single record
     *
     * @param string $table Element table
     * @param int $uid Element UID
     * @param int $destPid >=0 then it points to a page-id on which to insert the record (as the first element). <0 then it points to a uid from its own table after which to insert it (works if
     * @param bool $first Is a flag set, if the record copied is NOT a 'slave' to another record copied. That is, if this record was asked to be copied in the cmd-array
     * @param array $overrideValues Associative array with field/value pairs to override directly. Notice; Fields must exist in the table record and NOT be among excluded fields!
     * @param string $excludeFields Commalist of fields to exclude from the copy process (might get default values)
     * @param int $language Language ID (from sys_language table)
     * @param bool $ignoreLocalization If TRUE, any localization routine is skipped
     * @return int|null ID of new record, if any
     */
    public function copyRecord($table, $uid, $destPid, $first = false, $overrideValues = [], $excludeFields = '', $language = 0, $ignoreLocalization = false)
    {
        $uid = ($origUid = (int)$uid);
        // Only copy if the table is defined in $GLOBALS['TCA'], a uid is given and the record wasn't copied before:
        if (empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]) || $uid === 0) {
            return null;
        }
        if ($this->isRecordCopied($table, $uid)) {
            if (!empty($overrideValues)) {
                $this->log($table, $uid, 1, 0, 1, 'Repeated attempt to copy record "%s:%s" with override values', -1, [$table, $uid]);
            }
            return null;
        }

        // Fetch record with permission check
        $row = $this->recordInfoWithPermissionCheck($table, $uid, 'show');

        // This checks if the record can be selected which is all that a copy action requires.
        if ($row === false) {
            $this->log($table, $uid, 1, 0, 1, 'Attempt to copy record "%s:%s" which does not exist or you do not have permission to read', -1, [$table, $uid]);
            return null;
        }

        // Check if table is allowed on destination page
        if ($destPid >= 0 && !$this->isTableAllowedForThisPage($destPid, $table)) {
            $this->log($table, $uid, 1, 0, 1, 'Attempt to insert record "%s:%s" on a page (%s) that can\'t store record type.', -1, [$table, $uid, $destPid]);
            return null;
        }

        $fullLanguageCheckNeeded = $table !== 'pages';
        // Used to check language and general editing rights
        if (!$ignoreLocalization && ($language <= 0 || !$this->BE_USER->checkLanguageAccess($language)) && !$this->BE_USER->recordEditAccessInternals($table, $uid, false, false, $fullLanguageCheckNeeded)) {
            $this->log($table, $uid, 1, 0, 1, 'Attempt to copy record "%s:%s" without having permissions to do so. [' . $this->BE_USER->errorMsg . '].', -1, [$table, $uid]);
            return null;
        }

        $data = [];
        $nonFields = array_unique(GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', 'uid,perms_userid,perms_groupid,perms_user,perms_group,perms_everybody,t3ver_oid,t3ver_wsid,t3ver_id,t3ver_label,t3ver_state,t3ver_count,t3ver_stage,t3ver_tstamp,' . $excludeFields, true));
        BackendUtility::workspaceOL($table, $row, -99, false);
        BackendUtility::workspaceOL($table, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $row, -99, false);
        $row = BackendUtility::purgeComputedPropertiesFromRecord($row);
        $row = BackendUtility::purgeComputedPropertiesFromRecord(/** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $row);

        // Initializing:
        $theNewID = StringUtility::getUniqueId('NEW');
        $enableField = isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['enablecolumns']) ? $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['enablecolumns']['disabled'] : '';
        $headerField = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['label'];
        // Getting default data:
        $defaultData = $this->newFieldArray($table);
        // Getting "copy-after" fields if applicable:
        $copyAfterFields = $destPid < 0 ? $this->fixCopyAfterDuplFields($table, $uid, abs($destPid), 0) : [];
        $copyAfterFields = $destPid < 0 ? $this->fixCopyAfterDuplFields($table, $uid, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ abs($destPid), 0) : [];
        // Page TSconfig related:
        // NOT using \TYPO3\CMS\Backend\Utility\BackendUtility::getTSCpid() because we need the real pid - not the ID of a page, if the input is a page...
        $tscPID = BackendUtility::getTSconfig_pidValue($table, $uid, $destPid);
        $TSConfig = $this->getTCEMAIN_TSconfig($tscPID);
        $tE = $this->getTableEntries($table, $TSConfig);
        // Traverse ALL fields of the selected record:
        $setDefaultOnCopyArray = array_flip(GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['setToDefaultOnCopy']));
        foreach ($row as $field => $value) {
            if (!in_array($field, $nonFields, true)) {
                // Get TCA configuration for the field:
                $conf = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$field]['config'];
                // Preparation/Processing of the value:
                // "pid" is hardcoded of course:
                // isset() won't work here, since values can be NULL in each of the arrays
                // except setDefaultOnCopyArray, since we exploded that from a string
                if ($field === 'pid') {
                    $value = $destPid;
                } elseif (array_key_exists($field, $overrideValues)) {
                    // Override value...
                    $value = $overrideValues[$field];
                } elseif (array_key_exists($field, $copyAfterFields)) {
                    // Copy-after value if available:
                    $value = $copyAfterFields[$field];
                } elseif ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['setToDefaultOnCopy'] && isset($setDefaultOnCopyArray[$field])) {
                    $value = $defaultData[$field];
                } else {
                    // Hide at copy may override:
                    if ($first && $field == $enableField && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['hideAtCopy'] && !$this->neverHideAtCopy && !$tE['disableHideAtCopy']) {
                        $value = 1;
                    }
                    // Prepend label on copy:
                    if ($first && $field == $headerField && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['prependAtCopy'] && !$tE['disablePrependAtCopy']) {
                        $value = $this->getCopyHeader($table, $this->resolvePid($table, $destPid), $field, $this->clearPrefixFromValue($table, $value), 0);
                    }
                    // Processing based on the TCA config field type (files, references, flexforms...)
                    $value = $this->copyRecord_procBasedOnFieldType($table, $uid, $field, $value, $row, $conf, $tscPID, $language);
                }
                // Add value to array.
                $data[$table][$theNewID][$field] = $value;
            }
        }
        // Overriding values:
        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['editlock']) {
            $data[$table][$theNewID][$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['editlock']] = 0;
        }
        // Setting original UID:
        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['origUid']) {
            $data[$table][$theNewID][$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['origUid']] = $uid;
        }
        // Do the copy by simply submitting the array through DataHandler:
        /** @var $copyTCE DataHandler */
        $copyTCE = $this->getLocalTCE();
        $copyTCE->start($data, '', $this->BE_USER);
        $copyTCE->start($data, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ '', $this->BE_USER);
        $copyTCE->process_datamap();
        // Getting the new UID:
        $theNewSQLID = $copyTCE->substNEWwithIDs[$theNewID];
        if ($theNewSQLID) {
            $this->copyRecord_fixRTEmagicImages($table, BackendUtility::wsMapId($table, $theNewSQLID));
            $this->copyMappingArray[$table][$origUid] = $theNewSQLID;
            // Keep automatically versionized record information:
            if (isset($copyTCE->autoVersionIdMap[$table][$theNewSQLID])) {
                $this->autoVersionIdMap[$table][$theNewSQLID] = $copyTCE->autoVersionIdMap[$table][$theNewSQLID];
            }
        }
        // Copy back the cached TSconfig
        $this->cachedTSconfig = $copyTCE->cachedTSconfig;
        $this->errorLog = array_merge($this->errorLog, $copyTCE->errorLog);
        unset($copyTCE);
        if (!$ignoreLocalization && $language == 0) {
            //repointing the new translation records to the parent record we just created
            $overrideValues[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']] = $theNewSQLID;
            $overrideValues[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['translationSource']] = 0;
            $this->copyL10nOverlayRecords($table, $uid, $destPid, $first, $overrideValues, $excludeFields);
        }

        return $theNewSQLID;
    }

    /**
     * Copying pages
     * Main function for copying pages.
     *
     * @param int $uid Page UID to copy
     * @param int $destPid Destination PID: >=0 then it points to a page-id on which to insert the record (as the first element). <0 then it points to a uid from its own table after which to insert it (works if
     */
    public function copyPages($uid, $destPid)
    {
        // Initialize:
        $uid = (int)$uid;
        $destPid = (int)$destPid;

        $copyTablesAlongWithPage = $this->getAllowedTablesToCopyWhenCopyingAPage();
        // Begin to copy pages if we're allowed to:
        if ($this->admin || in_array('pages', $copyTablesAlongWithPage, true)) {
            // Copy this page we're on. And set first-flag (this will trigger that the record is hidden if that is configured)
            // This method also copies the localizations of a page
            $theNewRootID = $this->copySpecificPage($uid, $destPid, $copyTablesAlongWithPage, true);
            // If we're going to copy recursively
            if ($theNewRootID && $this->copyTree) {
0   == false // true
0   == null  // true
123 == false // false
123 == null  // false

// It is often better to use strict comparison
0 === false // false
0 === null  // false
                // Get ALL subpages to copy (read-permissions are respected!):
                $CPtable = $this->int_pageTreeInfo([], $uid, (int)$this->copyTree, $theNewRootID);
                // Now copying the subpages:
                foreach ($CPtable as $thePageUid => $thePagePid) {
                    $newPid = $this->copyMappingArray['pages'][$thePagePid];
                    if (isset($newPid)) {
                        $this->copySpecificPage($thePageUid, $newPid, $copyTablesAlongWithPage);
                    } else {
                        $this->log('pages', $uid, 5, 0, 1, 'Something went wrong during copying branch');
                        break;
                    }
                }
            }
        } else {
            $this->log('pages', $uid, 5, 0, 1, 'Attempt to copy page without permission to this table');
        }
    }

    /**
     * Compile a list of tables that should be copied along when a page is about to be copied.
     *
     * First, get the list that the user is allowed to modify (all if admin),
     * and then check against a possible limitation within "DataHandler->copyWhichTables" if not set to "*"
     * to limit the list further down
     *
     * @return array
     */
    protected function getAllowedTablesToCopyWhenCopyingAPage(): array
    {
        // Finding list of tables to copy.
        // These are the tables, the user may modify
        $copyTablesArray = $this->admin ? $this->compileAdminTables() : explode(',', $this->BE_USER->groupData['tables_modify']);
        // If not all tables are allowed then make a list of allowed tables.
        // That is the tables that figure in both allowed tables AND the copyTable-list
        if (strpos($this->copyWhichTables, '*') === false) {
            $definedTablesToCopy = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $this->copyWhichTables, true);
            // Pages are always allowed
            $definedTablesToCopy[] = 'pages';
            $definedTablesToCopy = array_flip($definedTablesToCopy);
            foreach ($copyTablesArray as $k => $table) {
                if (!$table || !isset($definedTablesToCopy[$table])) {
                    unset($copyTablesArray[$k]);
                }
            }
        }
        $copyTablesArray = array_unique($copyTablesArray);
        return $copyTablesArray;
    }
    /**
     * Copying a single page ($uid) to $destPid and all tables in the array copyTablesArray.
     *
     * @param int $uid Page uid
     * @param int $destPid Destination PID: >=0 then it points to a page-id on which to insert the record (as the first element). <0 then it points to a uid from its own table after which to insert it (works if
     * @param array $copyTablesArray Table on pages to copy along with the page.
     * @param bool $first Is a flag set, if the record copied is NOT a 'slave' to another record copied. That is, if this record was asked to be copied in the cmd-array
     * @return int|null The id of the new page, if applicable.
     */
    public function copySpecificPage($uid, $destPid, $copyTablesArray, $first = false)
    {
        // Copy the page itself:
        $theNewRootID = $this->copyRecord('pages', $uid, $destPid, $first);
        // If a new page was created upon the copy operation we will proceed with all the tables ON that page:
        if ($theNewRootID) {
0   == false // true
0   == null  // true
123 == false // false
123 == null  // false

// It is often better to use strict comparison
0 === false // false
0 === null  // false
            foreach ($copyTablesArray as $table) {
                // All records under the page is copied.
                if ($table && is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]) && $table !== 'pages') {
                    $fields = ['uid'];
                    $languageField = null;
                    $transOrigPointerField = null;
                    $translationSourceField = null;
                    if (BackendUtility::isTableLocalizable($table)) {
                        $languageField = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField'];
                        $transOrigPointerField = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'];
                        $fields[] = $languageField;
                        $fields[] = $transOrigPointerField;
                        if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['translationSource'])) {
                            $translationSourceField = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['translationSource'];
                            $fields[] = $translationSourceField;
                        }
                    }
                    $isTableWorkspaceEnabled = BackendUtility::isTableWorkspaceEnabled($table);
                    $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
                    $this->addDeleteRestriction($queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll());
                    $queryBuilder
                        ->select(...$fields)
                        ->from($table)
                        ->where(
                            $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                            'pid',
                            $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($uid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                        )
                        );
                    if ($isTableWorkspaceEnabled && (int)$this->BE_USER->workspace === 0) {
                        // Table is workspace enabled, user is in default ws -> add t3ver_wsid=0 restriction
                        $queryBuilder->andWhere(
                            $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                                't3ver_wsid',
                                $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(0, \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                            )
                        );
                    } elseif ($isTableWorkspaceEnabled) {
                        // Table is workspace enabled, user has a ws selected -> select wsid=0 and selected wsid rows
                        $queryBuilder->andWhere($queryBuilder->expr()->in(
                            't3ver_wsid',
                            $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(
                                [0, $this->BE_USER->workspace],
                                Connection::PARAM_INT_ARRAY
                            )
                        ));
                    }
                    if (!empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['sortby'])) {
                        $queryBuilder->orderBy($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['sortby'], 'DESC');
                    }
                    $queryBuilder->addOrderBy('uid');
                    try {
                        $result = $queryBuilder->execute();
                        $rows = [];
                        while ($row = $result->fetch()) {
                            $rows[$row['uid']] = $row;
                        }
                        // Resolve placeholders of workspace versions
                        if (!empty($rows) && (int)$this->BE_USER->workspace !== 0 && $isTableWorkspaceEnabled) {
                            $rows = array_reverse(
                                $this->resolveVersionedRecords(
                                    $table,
                                    implode(',', $fields),
                                    $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['sortby'],
                                    array_keys($rows)
                                ),
                                true
                            );
                        }
                        if (is_array($rows)) {
                            $languageSourceMap = [];
                            $overrideValues = $translationSourceField ? [$translationSourceField => 0] : [];
                            $doRemap = false;
                            foreach ($rows as $row) {
                                // Skip localized records that will be processed in
                                // copyL10nOverlayRecords() on copying the default language record
                                $transOrigPointer = $row[$transOrigPointerField];
                                if ($row[$languageField] > 0 && $transOrigPointer > 0 && isset($rows[$transOrigPointer])) {
                                    continue;
                                }
                                // Copying each of the underlying records...
                                $newUid = $this->copyRecord($table, $row['uid'], $theNewRootID, false, $overrideValues);
                                if ($translationSourceField) {
                                    $languageSourceMap[$row['uid']] = $newUid;
                                    if ($row[$languageField] > 0) {
                                        $doRemap = true;
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            if ($doRemap) {
                                //remap is needed for records in non-default language records in the "free mode"
                                $this->copy_remapTranslationSourceField($table, $rows, $languageSourceMap);
                            }
                        }
                    } catch (DBALException $e) {
                        $databaseErrorMessage = $e->getPrevious()->getMessage();
                        $this->log($table, $uid, 5, 0, 1, 'An SQL error occurred: ' . $databaseErrorMessage);
                    }
                }
            }
            $this->processRemapStack();
            return $theNewRootID;
        }
        return null;
    }

    /**
     * Copying records, but makes a "raw" copy of a record.
     * Basically the only thing observed is field processing like the copying of files and correction of ids. All other fields are 1-1 copied.
     * Technically the copy is made with THIS instance of the DataHandler class contrary to copyRecord() which creates a new instance and uses the processData() function.
     * The copy is created by insertNewCopyVersion() which bypasses most of the regular input checking associated with processData() - maybe copyRecord() should even do this as well!?
     * This function is used to create new versions of a record.
     * NOTICE: DOES NOT CHECK PERMISSIONS to create! And since page permissions are just passed through and not changed to the user who executes the copy we cannot enforce permissions without getting an incomplete copy - unless we change permissions of course.
     *
     * @param string $table Element table
     * @param int $uid Element UID
     * @param int $pid Element PID (real PID, not checked)
     * @param array $overrideArray Override array - must NOT contain any fields not in the table!
     * @param array $workspaceOptions Options to be forwarded if actions happen on a workspace currently
     * @return int Returns the new ID of the record (if applicable)
     */
    public function copyRecord_raw($table, $uid, $pid, $overrideArray = [], array $workspaceOptions = [])
    {
        $uid = (int)$uid;
        // Stop any actions if the record is marked to be deleted:
        // (this can occur if IRRE elements are versionized and child elements are removed)
        if ($this->isElementToBeDeleted($table, $uid)) {
            return null;
        }
        // Only copy if the table is defined in TCA, a uid is given and the record wasn't copied before:
        if (!$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table] || !$uid || $this->isRecordCopied($table, $uid)) {
            return null;
        }

        // Fetch record with permission check
        $row = $this->recordInfoWithPermissionCheck($table, $uid, 'show');

        // This checks if the record can be selected which is all that a copy action requires.
        if ($row === false) {
            $this->log(
                $table,
                $uid,
                3,
                0,
                1,
                'Attempt to rawcopy/versionize record which either does not exist or you don\'t have permission to read'
            );
            return null;
        }

        // Set up fields which should not be processed. They are still written - just passed through no-questions-asked!
        $nonFields = ['uid', 'pid', 't3ver_id', 't3ver_oid', 't3ver_wsid', 't3ver_label', 't3ver_state', 't3ver_count', 't3ver_stage', 't3ver_tstamp', 'perms_userid', 'perms_groupid', 'perms_user', 'perms_group', 'perms_everybody'];

        // Merge in override array.
        $row = array_merge($row, $overrideArray);
        $row = array_merge(/** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $row, $overrideArray);
        // Traverse ALL fields of the selected record:
        foreach ($row as $field => $value) {
            if (!in_array($field, $nonFields, true)) {
                // Get TCA configuration for the field:
                $conf = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$field]['config'];
                if (is_array($conf)) {
                    // Processing based on the TCA config field type (files, references, flexforms...)
                    $value = $this->copyRecord_procBasedOnFieldType($table, $uid, $field, $value, $row, $conf, $pid, 0, $workspaceOptions);
                }
                // Add value to array.
                $row[$field] = $value;
            }
        }
        // Force versioning related fields:
        $row['pid'] = $pid;
        // Setting original UID:
        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['origUid']) {
            $row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['origUid']] = $uid;
        }
        // Do the copy by internal function
        $theNewSQLID = $this->insertNewCopyVersion($table, $row, $pid);
        if ($theNewSQLID) {
            $this->dbAnalysisStoreExec();
            $this->dbAnalysisStore = [];
            $this->copyRecord_fixRTEmagicImages($table, BackendUtility::wsMapId($table, $theNewSQLID));
            return $this->copyMappingArray[$table][$uid] = $theNewSQLID;
        }
        return null;
    }

    /**
     * Inserts a record in the database, passing TCA configuration values through checkValue() but otherwise does NOTHING and checks nothing regarding permissions.
     * Passes the "version" parameter to insertDB() so the copy will look like a new version in the log - should probably be changed or modified a bit for more broad usage...
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param array $fieldArray Field array to insert as a record
     * @param int $realPid The value of PID field.  -1 is indication that we are creating a new version!
     * @return int Returns the new ID of the record (if applicable)
     */
    public function insertNewCopyVersion($table, $fieldArray, $realPid)
    {
        $id = StringUtility::getUniqueId('NEW');
        // $fieldArray is set as current record.
        // The point is that when new records are created as copies with flex type fields there might be a field containing information about which DataStructure to use and without that information the flexforms cannot be correctly processed.... This should be OK since the $checkValueRecord is used by the flexform evaluation only anyways...
        $this->checkValue_currentRecord = $fieldArray;
        // Makes sure that transformations aren't processed on the copy.
        $backupDontProcessTransformations = $this->dontProcessTransformations;
        $this->dontProcessTransformations = true;
        // Traverse record and input-process each value:
        foreach ($fieldArray as $field => $fieldValue) {
            if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$field])) {
                // Evaluating the value.
                $res = $this->checkValue($table, $field, $fieldValue, $id, 'new', $realPid, 0);
                if (isset($res['value'])) {
                    $fieldArray[$field] = $res['value'];
                }
            }
        }
        // System fields being set:
        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['crdate']) {
            $fieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['crdate']] = $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'];
        }
        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['cruser_id']) {
            $fieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['cruser_id']] = $this->userid;
        }
        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['tstamp']) {
            $fieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['tstamp']] = $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'];
        }
        // Finally, insert record:
        $this->insertDB($table, $id, $fieldArray, true);
        // Resets dontProcessTransformations to the previous state.
        $this->dontProcessTransformations = $backupDontProcessTransformations;
        // Return new id:
        return $this->substNEWwithIDs[$id];
    }

    /**
     * Processing/Preparing content for copyRecord() function
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $uid Record uid
     * @param string $field Field name being processed
     * @param string $value Input value to be processed.
     * @param array $row Record array
     * @param array $conf TCA field configuration
     * @param int $realDestPid Real page id (pid) the record is copied to
     * @param int $language Language ID (from sys_language table) used in the duplicated record
     * @param array $workspaceOptions Options to be forwarded if actions happen on a workspace currently
     * @return array|string
     * @access private
     * @see copyRecord()
     */
    public function copyRecord_procBasedOnFieldType($table, $uid, $field, $value, $row, $conf, $realDestPid, $language = 0, array $workspaceOptions = [])
    {
        // Process references and files, currently that means only the files, prepending absolute paths (so the DataHandler engine will detect the file as new and one that should be made into a copy)
        $value = $this->copyRecord_procFilesRefs($conf, $uid, $value);
        $inlineSubType = $this->getInlineFieldType($conf);
        // Get the localization mode for the current (parent) record (keep|select):
        // Register if there are references to take care of or MM is used on an inline field (no change to value):
        if ($this->isReferenceField($conf) || $inlineSubType === 'mm') {
            $value = $this->copyRecord_processManyToMany($table, $uid, $field, $value, $conf, $language);
        } elseif ($inlineSubType !== false) {
            $value = $this->copyRecord_processInline($table, $uid, $field, $value, $row, $conf, $realDestPid, $language, $workspaceOptions, $inlineSubType);
        }
        // For "flex" fieldtypes we need to traverse the structure for two reasons: If there are file references they have to be prepended with absolute paths and if there are database reference they MIGHT need to be remapped (still done in remapListedDBRecords())
        if ($conf['type'] === 'flex') {
            // Get current value array:
            $flexFormTools = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FlexFormTools::class);
            $dataStructureIdentifier = $flexFormTools->getDataStructureIdentifier(
                [ 'config' => $conf ],
                $table,
                $field,
                $row
            );
            $dataStructureArray = $flexFormTools->parseDataStructureByIdentifier($dataStructureIdentifier);
            $currentValueArray = GeneralUtility::xml2array($value);
            // Traversing the XML structure, processing files:
            if (is_array($currentValueArray)) {
                $currentValueArray['data'] = $this->checkValue_flex_procInData($currentValueArray['data'], [], [], $dataStructureArray, [$table, $uid, $field, $realDestPid], 'copyRecord_flexFormCallBack', $workspaceOptions);
                // Setting value as an array! -> which means the input will be processed according to the 'flex' type when the new copy is created.
                $value = $currentValueArray;
            }
        }
        return $value;
    }

    /**
     * Processes the children of an MM relation field (select, group, inline) when the parent record is copied.
     *
     * @param string $table
     * @param int $uid
     * @param string $field
     * @param mixed $value
     * @param array $conf
     * @param string $language
     * @return mixed
     */
    protected function copyRecord_processManyToMany($table, $uid, $field, $value, $conf, $language)
    {
        $allowedTables = $conf['type'] === 'group' ? $conf['allowed'] : $conf['foreign_table'];
        $prependName = $conf['type'] === 'group' ? $conf['prepend_tname'] : '';
        $mmTable = isset($conf['MM']) && $conf['MM'] ? $conf['MM'] : '';
        $localizeForeignTable = isset($conf['foreign_table']) && BackendUtility::isTableLocalizable($conf['foreign_table']);
        // Localize referenced records of select fields:
        $localizingNonManyToManyFieldReferences = empty($mmTable) && $localizeForeignTable && isset($conf['localizeReferencesAtParentLocalization']) && $conf['localizeReferencesAtParentLocalization'];
        /** @var $dbAnalysis RelationHandler */
        $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
        $dbAnalysis->start($value, $allowedTables, $mmTable, $uid, $table, $conf);
        $purgeItems = false;
        if ($language > 0 && $localizingNonManyToManyFieldReferences) {
            foreach ($dbAnalysis->itemArray as $index => $item) {
                // Since select fields can reference many records, check whether there's already a localization:
                $recordLocalization = BackendUtility::getRecordLocalization($item['table'], $item['id'], $language);
                $recordLocalization = BackendUtility::getRecordLocalization($item['table'], $item['id'], /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $language);
                if ($recordLocalization) {
                    $dbAnalysis->itemArray[$index]['id'] = $recordLocalization[0]['uid'];
                } elseif ($this->isNestedElementCallRegistered($item['table'], $item['id'], 'localize') === false) {
                    $dbAnalysis->itemArray[$index]['id'] = $this->localize($item['table'], $item['id'], $language);
                    $dbAnalysis->itemArray[$index]['id'] = $this->localize($item['table'], $item['id'], /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $language);
                }
            }
            $purgeItems = true;
        }

        if ($purgeItems || $mmTable) {
            $dbAnalysis->purgeItemArray();
            $value = implode(',', $dbAnalysis->getValueArray($prependName));
            $value = implode(',', $dbAnalysis->getValueArray(/** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $prependName));
        }
        // Setting the value in this array will notify the remapListedDBRecords() function that this field MAY need references to be corrected
        if ($value) {
            $this->registerDBList[$table][$uid][$field] = $value;
        }

        return $value;
    }

    /**
     * Processes child records in an inline (IRRE) element when the parent record is copied.
     *
     * @param string $table
     * @param int $uid
     * @param string $field
     * @param mixed $value
     * @param array $row
     * @param array $conf
     * @param int $realDestPid
     * @param string $language
     * @param array $workspaceOptions
     * @param string $inlineSubType
     * @return mixed
     */
    protected function copyRecord_processInline(
        $table,
        $uid,
        $field,
        $value,
        $row,
        $conf,
        $realDestPid,
        $language,
        array $workspaceOptions,
        $inlineSubType
    ) {
        // Fetch the related child records using \TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\RelationHandler
        /** @var $dbAnalysis RelationHandler */
        $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
        $dbAnalysis->start($value, $conf['foreign_table'], '', $uid, $table, $conf);
        // Walk through the items, copy them and remember the new id:
        foreach ($dbAnalysis->itemArray as $k => $v) {
            $newId = null;
            // If language is set and differs from original record, this isn't a copy action but a localization of our parent/ancestor:
            if ($language > 0 && BackendUtility::isTableLocalizable($table) && $language != $row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']]) {
                // Children should be localized when the parent gets localized the first time, just do it:
                $newId = $this->localize($v['table'], $v['id'], $language);
                $newId = $this->localize($v['table'], $v['id'], /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $language);
            } else {
                if (!MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($realDestPid)) {
                    $newId = $this->copyRecord($v['table'], $v['id'], -$v['id']);
                    // If the destination page id is a NEW string, keep it on the same page
                } elseif ($this->BE_USER->workspace > 0 && BackendUtility::isTableWorkspaceEnabled($v['table'])) {
                    // A filled $workspaceOptions indicated that this call
                    // has it's origin in previous versionizeRecord() processing
                    if (!empty($workspaceOptions)) {
                        // Versions use live default id, thus the "new"
                        // id is the original live default child record
                        $newId = $v['id'];
                        $this->versionizeRecord(
                            $v['table'],
                            $v['id'],
                            (isset($workspaceOptions['label']) ? $workspaceOptions['label'] : 'Auto-created for WS #' . $this->BE_USER->workspace),
                            (isset($workspaceOptions['delete']) ? $workspaceOptions['delete'] : false)
                        );
                        // Otherwise just use plain copyRecord() to create placeholders etc.
                    } else {
                        // If a record has been copied already during this request,
                        // prevent superfluous duplication and use the existing copy
                        if (isset($this->copyMappingArray[$v['table']][$v['id']])) {
                            $newId = $this->copyMappingArray[$v['table']][$v['id']];
                        } else {
                            $newId = $this->copyRecord($v['table'], $v['id'], $realDestPid);
                        }
                    }
                } else {
                    // If a record has been copied already during this request,
                    // prevent superfluous duplication and use the existing copy
                    if (isset($this->copyMappingArray[$v['table']][$v['id']])) {
                        $newId = $this->copyMappingArray[$v['table']][$v['id']];
                    } else {
                        $newId = $this->copyRecord_raw($v['table'], $v['id'], $realDestPid, [], $workspaceOptions);
                    }
                }
            }
            // If the current field is set on a page record, update the pid of related child records:
            if ($table === 'pages') {
                $this->registerDBPids[$v['table']][$v['id']] = $uid;
            } elseif (isset($this->registerDBPids[$table][$uid])) {
                $this->registerDBPids[$v['table']][$v['id']] = $this->registerDBPids[$table][$uid];
            }
            $dbAnalysis->itemArray[$k]['id'] = $newId;
        }
        // Store the new values, we will set up the uids for the subtype later on (exception keep localization from original record):
        $value = implode(',', $dbAnalysis->getValueArray());
        $this->registerDBList[$table][$uid][$field] = $value;

        return $value;
    }

    /**
     * Callback function for traversing the FlexForm structure in relation to creating copied files of file relations inside of flex form structures.
     *
     * @param array $pParams Array of parameters in num-indexes: table, uid, field
     * @param array $dsConf TCA field configuration (from Data Structure XML)
     * @param string $dataValue The value of the flexForm field
     * @param string $_1 Not used.
     * @param string $_2 Not used.
     * @param string $_3 Not used.
     * @param array $workspaceOptions
     * @return array Result array with key "value" containing the value of the processing.
     * @see copyRecord(), checkValue_flex_procInData_travDS()
     */
    public function copyRecord_flexFormCallBack($pParams, $dsConf, $dataValue, $_1, $_2, $_3, $workspaceOptions)
    {
        // Extract parameters:
        list($table, $uid, $field, $realDestPid) = $pParams;
        // Process references and files, currently that means only the files, prepending absolute paths:
        $dataValue = $this->copyRecord_procFilesRefs($dsConf, $uid, $dataValue);
        // If references are set for this field, set flag so they can be corrected later (in ->remapListedDBRecords())
        if (($this->isReferenceField($dsConf) || $this->getInlineFieldType($dsConf) !== false) && (string)$dataValue !== '') {
            $dataValue = $this->copyRecord_procBasedOnFieldType($table, $uid, $field, $dataValue, [], $dsConf, $realDestPid, 0, $workspaceOptions);
            $this->registerDBList[$table][$uid][$field] = 'FlexForm_reference';
        }
        // Return
        return ['value' => $dataValue];
    }

    /**
     * Modifying a field value for any situation regarding files/references:
     * For attached files: take current file names and prepend absolute paths so they get copied.
     * For DB references: Nothing done.
     *
     * @param array $conf TCE field config
     * @param int $uid Record UID
     * @param string $value Field value (eg. list of files)
     * @return string The (possibly modified) value
     * @see copyRecord(), copyRecord_flexFormCallBack()
     */
    public function copyRecord_procFilesRefs($conf, $uid, $value)
    {
        // Prepend absolute paths to files:
        if ($conf['type'] !== 'group' || ($conf['internal_type'] !== 'file' && $conf['internal_type'] !== 'file_reference')) {
            return $value;
        }

        // Get an array with files as values:
        if ($conf['MM']) {
            $theFileValues = [];
            /** @var $dbAnalysis RelationHandler */
            $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
            $dbAnalysis->start('', 'files', $conf['MM'], $uid);
            foreach ($dbAnalysis->itemArray as $somekey => $someval) {
                if ($someval['id']) {
                    $theFileValues[] = $someval['id'];
                }
            }
        } else {
            $theFileValues = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $value, true);
        }
        // Traverse this array of files:
        $uploadFolder = $conf['internal_type'] === 'file' ? $conf['uploadfolder'] : '';
        $dest = PATH_site . $uploadFolder;
        $newValue = [];
        foreach ($theFileValues as $file) {
            if (trim($file)) {
                $realFile = str_replace('//', '/', $dest . '/' . trim($file));
                if (@is_file($realFile)) {
                    $newValue[] = $realFile;
                }
            }
        }
        // Implode the new filelist into the new value (all files have absolute paths now which means they will get copied when entering DataHandler as new values...)
        $value = implode(',', $newValue);

        // Return the new value:
        return $value;
    }

    /**
     * Copies any "RTEmagic" image files found in record with table/id to new names.
     * Usage: After copying a record this function should be called to search for "RTEmagic"-images inside the record. If such are found they should be duplicated to new names so all records have a 1-1 relation to them.
     * Reason for copying RTEmagic files: a) if you remove an RTEmagic image from a record it will remove the file - any other record using it will have a lost reference! b) RTEmagic images keeps an original and a copy. The copy always is re-calculated to have the correct physical measures as the HTML tag inserting it defines. This is calculated from the original. Two records using the same image could have difference HTML-width/heights for the image and the copy could only comply with one of them. If you don't want a 1-1 relation you should NOT use RTEmagic files but just insert it as a normal file reference to a file inside fileadmin/ folder
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $theNewSQLID Record UID
     */
    public function copyRecord_fixRTEmagicImages($table, $theNewSQLID)
    {
        // Creating fileFunc object.
        if (!$this->fileFunc) {
            $this->fileFunc = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(BasicFileUtility::class);
        }
        // Select all RTEmagic files in the reference table from the table/ID
        $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable('sys_refindex');
        $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll();
        $rteFileRecords = $queryBuilder
            ->select('*')
            ->from('sys_refindex')
            ->where(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                    'ref_table',
                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter('_FILE', \PDO::PARAM_STR)
                ),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->like(
                    'ref_string',
                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter('%/RTEmagic%', \PDO::PARAM_STR)
                ),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                    'softref_key',
                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter('images', \PDO::PARAM_STR)
                ),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                    'tablename',
                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($table, \PDO::PARAM_STR)
                ),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                    'recuid',
                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($theNewSQLID, \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                )
            )
            ->orderBy('sorting', 'DESC')
            ->execute()
            ->fetchAll();
        // Traverse the files found and copy them:
        if (!is_array($rteFileRecords)) {
            return;
        }
        foreach ($rteFileRecords as $rteFileRecord) {
            $filename = basename($rteFileRecord['ref_string']);
            if (!GeneralUtility::isFirstPartOfStr($filename, 'RTEmagicC_')) {
                continue;
            }
            $fileInfo = [];
            $fileInfo['exists'] = @is_file((PATH_site . $rteFileRecord['ref_string']));
            $fileInfo['original'] = mb_substr($rteFileRecord['ref_string'], 0, -mb_strlen($filename)) . 'RTEmagicP_' . preg_replace('/\\.[[:alnum:]]+$/', '', mb_substr($filename, 10));
            $fileInfo['original_exists'] = @is_file((PATH_site . $fileInfo['original']));
            // CODE from tx_impexp and class.rte_images.php adapted for use here:
            if (!$fileInfo['exists'] || !$fileInfo['original_exists']) {
                $this->newlog('Trying to copy RTEmagic files (' . $rteFileRecord['ref_string'] . ' / ' . $fileInfo['original'] . ') but one or both were missing', 1);
                continue;
            }
            // Initialize; Get directory prefix for file and set the original name:
            $dirPrefix = dirname($rteFileRecord['ref_string']) . '/';
            $rteOrigName = basename($fileInfo['original']);
            // If filename looks like an RTE file, and the directory is in "uploads/", then process as a RTE file!
            if ($rteOrigName && GeneralUtility::isFirstPartOfStr($dirPrefix, 'uploads/') && @is_dir(PATH_site . $dirPrefix)) {
                // RTE:
                // From the "original" RTE filename, produce a new "original" destination filename which is unused.
                $origDestName = $this->fileFunc->getUniqueName($rteOrigName, PATH_site . $dirPrefix);
                // Create copy file name:
                $pI = pathinfo($rteFileRecord['ref_string']);
                $copyDestName = dirname($origDestName) . '/RTEmagicC_' . mb_substr(basename($origDestName), 10) . '.' . $pI['extension'];
                if (!@is_file($copyDestName) && !@is_file($origDestName) && $origDestName === GeneralUtility::getFileAbsFileName($origDestName) && $copyDestName === GeneralUtility::getFileAbsFileName($copyDestName)) {
                    // Making copies:
                    GeneralUtility::upload_copy_move(PATH_site . $fileInfo['original'], $origDestName);
                    GeneralUtility::upload_copy_move(PATH_site . $rteFileRecord['ref_string'], $copyDestName);
                    clearstatcache();
                    // Register this:
                    $this->RTEmagic_copyIndex[$rteFileRecord['tablename']][$rteFileRecord['recuid']][$rteFileRecord['field']][$rteFileRecord['ref_string']] = PathUtility::stripPathSitePrefix($copyDestName);
                    // Check and update the record using \TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\ReferenceIndex
                    if (@is_file($copyDestName)) {
                        /** @var ReferenceIndex $sysRefObj */
                        $sysRefObj = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ReferenceIndex::class);
                        $sysRefObj->enableRuntimeCache();
                        $error = $sysRefObj->setReferenceValue($rteFileRecord['hash'], PathUtility::stripPathSitePrefix($copyDestName), false, true);
                        if ($error) {
                            $this->newlog(ReferenceIndex::class . '::setReferenceValue(): ' . $error, 1);
                        }
                    } else {
                        $this->newlog('File "' . $copyDestName . '" was not created!', 1);
                    }
                } else {
                    $this->newlog('Could not construct new unique names for file!', 1);
                }
            } else {
                $this->newlog('Maybe directory of file was not within "uploads/"?', 1);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Find l10n-overlay records and perform the requested copy action for these records.
     *
     * @param string $table Record Table
     * @param string $uid UID of the record in the default language
     * @param string $destPid Position to copy to
     * @param bool $first
     * @param array $overrideValues
     * @param string $excludeFields
     */
    public function copyL10nOverlayRecords($table, $uid, $destPid, $first = false, $overrideValues = [], $excludeFields = '')
    {
        // There's no need to perform this for tables that are not localizable
        if (!BackendUtility::isTableLocalizable($table)) {
            return;
        }

        $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
        $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()
            ->removeAll()
            ->add(GeneralUtility::makeInstance(DeletedRestriction::class))
            ->add(GeneralUtility::makeInstance(BackendWorkspaceRestriction::class));

        $queryBuilder->select('*')
            ->from($table)
            ->where(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                    $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'],
                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($uid, \PDO::PARAM_INT, ':pointer')
                )
            );

        if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) {
            $queryBuilder->andWhere(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('t3ver_oid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(0, \PDO::PARAM_INT))
            );
        }
        // If $destPid is < 0, get the pid of the record with uid equal to abs($destPid)
        $tscPID = BackendUtility::getTSconfig_pidValue($table, $uid, $destPid);
        $tscPID = BackendUtility::getTSconfig_pidValue($table, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $uid, $destPid);
        // Get the localized records to be copied
        $l10nRecords = $queryBuilder->execute()->fetchAll();
        if (is_array($l10nRecords)) {
            $localizedDestPids = [];
            // If $destPid < 0, then it is the uid of the original language record we are inserting after
            if ($destPid < 0) {
                // Get the localized records of the record we are inserting after
                $queryBuilder->setParameter('pointer', abs($destPid), \PDO::PARAM_INT);
                $destL10nRecords = $queryBuilder->execute()->fetchAll();
                // Index the localized record uids by language
                if (is_array($destL10nRecords)) {
                    foreach ($destL10nRecords as $record) {
                        $localizedDestPids[$record[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']]] = -$record['uid'];
                    }
                }
            }
            $languageSourceMap = [
                $uid => $overrideValues[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']]
            ];
            // Copy the localized records after the corresponding localizations of the destination record
            foreach ($l10nRecords as $record) {
                $localizedDestPid = (int)$localizedDestPids[$record[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']]];
                if ($localizedDestPid < 0) {
                    $newUid = $this->copyRecord($table, $record['uid'], $localizedDestPid, $first, $overrideValues, $excludeFields, $record[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']]);
                } else {
                    $newUid = $this->copyRecord($table, $record['uid'], $destPid < 0 ? $tscPID : $destPid, $first, $overrideValues, $excludeFields, $record[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']]);
                    $newUid = $this->copyRecord($table, $record['uid'], /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $destPid < 0 ? $tscPID : $destPid, $first, $overrideValues, $excludeFields, $record[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']]);
                }
                $languageSourceMap[$record['uid']] = $newUid;
            }
            $this->copy_remapTranslationSourceField($table, $l10nRecords, $languageSourceMap);
        }
    }

    /**
     * Remap languageSource field to uids of newly created records
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param array $l10nRecords array of localized records from the page we're copying from (source records)
     * @param array $languageSourceMap array mapping source records uids to newly copied uids
     */
    protected function copy_remapTranslationSourceField($table, $l10nRecords, $languageSourceMap)
    {
        if (empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['translationSource']) || empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'])) {
            return;
        }
        $translationSourceFieldName = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['translationSource'];
        $translationParentFieldName = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'];

        //We can avoid running these update queries by sorting the $l10nRecords by languageSource dependency (in copyL10nOverlayRecords)
        //and first copy records depending on default record (and map the field).
        foreach ($l10nRecords as $record) {
            $oldSourceUid = $record[$translationSourceFieldName];
            if ($oldSourceUid <= 0 && $record[$translationParentFieldName] > 0) {
                //BC fix - in connected mode 'translationSource' field should not be 0
                $oldSourceUid = $record[$translationParentFieldName];
            }
            if ($oldSourceUid > 0) {
                if (empty($languageSourceMap[$oldSourceUid])) {
                    // we don't have mapping information available e.g when copyRecord returned null
                    continue;
                }
                $newFieldValue = $languageSourceMap[$oldSourceUid];
                $updateFields = [
                    $translationSourceFieldName => $newFieldValue
                ];
                GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
                    ->getConnectionForTable($table)
                    ->update($table, $updateFields, ['uid' => (int)$languageSourceMap[$record['uid']]]);
                if ($this->BE_USER->workspace > 0) {
                    GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
                        ->getConnectionForTable($table)
                        ->update($table, $updateFields, ['t3ver_oid' => (int)$languageSourceMap[$record['uid']], 't3ver_wsid' => $this->BE_USER->workspace]);
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /*********************************************
     *
     * Cmd: Moving, Localizing
     *
     ********************************************/
    /**
     * Moving single records
     *
     * @param string $table Table name to move
     * @param int $uid Record uid to move
     * @param int $destPid Position to move to: $destPid: >=0 then it points to a page-id on which to insert the record (as the first element). <0 then it points to a uid from its own table after which to insert it (works if
     */
    public function moveRecord($table, $uid, $destPid)
    {
        if (!$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]) {
            return;
        }

        // In case the record to be moved turns out to be an offline version,
        // we have to find the live version and work on that one (this case
        // happens for pages with "branch" versioning type)
        // @deprecated note: as "branch" versioning is deprecated since TYPO3 4.2, this
        // functionality will be removed in TYPO3 4.7 (note by benni: a hook could replace this)
        if ($lookForLiveVersion = BackendUtility::getLiveVersionOfRecord($table, $uid, 'uid')) {
            $uid = $lookForLiveVersion['uid'];
        }
        // Initialize:
        $destPid = (int)$destPid;
        // Get this before we change the pid (for logging)
        $propArr = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $uid);
        $moveRec = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $uid, true);
        // This is the actual pid of the moving to destination
        $resolvedPid = $this->resolvePid($table, $destPid);
        // Finding out, if the record may be moved from where it is. If the record is a non-page, then it depends on edit-permissions.
        // If the record is a page, then there are two options: If the page is moved within itself, (same pid) it's edit-perms of the pid. If moved to another place then its both delete-perms of the pid and new-page perms on the destination.
        if ($table !== 'pages' || $resolvedPid == $moveRec['pid']) {
            // Edit rights for the record...
            $mayMoveAccess = $this->checkRecordUpdateAccess($table, $uid);
        } else {
            $mayMoveAccess = $this->doesRecordExist($table, $uid, 'delete');
        }
        // Finding out, if the record may be moved TO another place. Here we check insert-rights (non-pages = edit, pages = new), unless the pages are moved on the same pid, then edit-rights are checked
        if ($table !== 'pages' || $resolvedPid != $moveRec['pid']) {
            // Insert rights for the record...
            $mayInsertAccess = $this->checkRecordInsertAccess($table, $resolvedPid, 4);
        } else {
            $mayInsertAccess = $this->checkRecordUpdateAccess($table, $uid);
        }
        // Checking if there is anything else disallowing moving the record by checking if editing is allowed
        $fullLanguageCheckNeeded = $table !== 'pages';
        $mayEditAccess = $this->BE_USER->recordEditAccessInternals($table, $uid, false, false, $fullLanguageCheckNeeded);
        // If moving is allowed, begin the processing:
        if (!$mayEditAccess) {
            $this->log($table, $uid, 4, 0, 1, 'Attempt to move record "%s" (%s) without having permissions to do so. [' . $this->BE_USER->errorMsg . ']', 14, [$propArr['header'], $table . ':' . $uid], $propArr['event_pid']);
            return;
        }

        if (!$mayMoveAccess) {
            $this->log($table, $uid, 4, 0, 1, 'Attempt to move record \'%s\' (%s) without having permissions to do so.', 14, [$propArr['header'], $table . ':' . $uid], $propArr['event_pid']);
            return;
        }

        if (!$mayInsertAccess) {
            $this->log($table, $uid, 4, 0, 1, 'Attempt to move record \'%s\' (%s) without having permissions to insert.', 14, [$propArr['header'], $table . ':' . $uid], $propArr['event_pid']);
            return;
        }

        $recordWasMoved = false;
        // Move the record via a hook, used e.g. for versioning
        foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_tcemain.php']['moveRecordClass'] ?? [] as $className) {
            $hookObj = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($className);
            if (method_exists($hookObj, 'moveRecord')) {
                $hookObj->moveRecord($table, $uid, $destPid, $propArr, $moveRec, $resolvedPid, $recordWasMoved, $this);
            }
        }
        // Move the record if a hook hasn't moved it yet
        if (!$recordWasMoved) {
            $this->moveRecord_raw($table, $uid, $destPid);
        }
    }

    /**
     * Moves a record without checking security of any sort.
     * USE ONLY INTERNALLY
     *
     * @param string $table Table name to move
     * @param int $uid Record uid to move
     * @param int $destPid Position to move to: $destPid: >=0 then it points to a page-id on which to insert the record (as the first element). <0 then it points to a uid from its own table after which to insert it (works if
     * @see moveRecord()
     */
    public function moveRecord_raw($table, $uid, $destPid)
    {
        $sortRow = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['sortby'];
        $origDestPid = $destPid;
        // This is the actual pid of the moving to destination
        $resolvedPid = $this->resolvePid($table, $destPid);
        // Checking if the pid is negative, but no sorting row is defined. In that case, find the correct pid. Basically this check make the error message 4-13 meaning less... But you can always remove this check if you prefer the error instead of a no-good action (which is to move the record to its own page...)
        // $destPid>=0 because we must correct pid in case of versioning "page" types.
        if ($destPid < 0 && !$sortRow || $destPid >= 0) {
            $destPid = $resolvedPid;
        }
        // Get this before we change the pid (for logging)
        $propArr = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $uid);
        $moveRec = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $uid, true);
        // Prepare user defined objects (if any) for hooks which extend this function:
        $hookObjectsArr = [];
        foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_tcemain.php']['moveRecordClass'] ?? [] as $className) {
            $hookObjectsArr[] = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($className);
        }
        // Timestamp field:
        $updateFields = [];
        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['tstamp']) {
            $updateFields[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['tstamp']] = $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'];
        }

        // Check if this is a translation of a page, if so then it just needs to be kept "sorting" in sync
        // Usually called from moveL10nOverlayRecords()
        if ($table === 'pages') {
            $defaultLanguagePageId = $this->getDefaultLanguagePageId((int)$uid);
            if ($defaultLanguagePageId !== (int)$uid) {
                $originalTranslationRecord = $this->recordInfo($table, $defaultLanguagePageId, 'pid,' . $sortRow);
                $updateFields[$sortRow] = $originalTranslationRecord[$sortRow];
                // Ensure that the PID is always the same as the default language page
                $destPid = $originalTranslationRecord['pid'];
            }
        }

        // Insert as first element on page (where uid = $destPid)
        if ($destPid >= 0) {
            if ($table !== 'pages' || $this->destNotInsideSelf($destPid, $uid)) {
                // Clear cache before moving
                list($parentUid) = BackendUtility::getTSCpid($table, $uid, '');
                list($parentUid) = BackendUtility::getTSCpid($table, $uid, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ '');
                $this->registerRecordIdForPageCacheClearing($table, $uid, $parentUid);
                // Setting PID
                $updateFields['pid'] = $destPid;
                // Table is sorted by 'sortby'
                if ($sortRow && !isset($updateFields[$sortRow])) {
                    $sortNumber = $this->getSortNumber($table, $uid, $destPid);
                    $updateFields[$sortRow] = $sortNumber;
                }
                // Check for child records that have also to be moved
                $this->moveRecord_procFields($table, $uid, $destPid);
                // Create query for update:
                GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
                    ->getConnectionForTable($table)
                    ->update($table, $updateFields, ['uid' => (int)$uid]);
                // Check for the localizations of that element
                $this->moveL10nOverlayRecords($table, $uid, $destPid, $destPid);
                // Call post processing hooks:
                foreach ($hookObjectsArr as $hookObj) {
                    if (method_exists($hookObj, 'moveRecord_firstElementPostProcess')) {
                        $hookObj->moveRecord_firstElementPostProcess($table, $uid, $destPid, $moveRec, $updateFields, $this);
                    }
                }

                $this->getRecordHistoryStore()->moveRecord($table, $uid, ['oldPageId' => $propArr['pid'], 'newPageId' => $destPid, 'oldData' => $propArr, 'newData' => $updateFields]);
                if ($this->enableLogging) {
                    // Logging...
                    $oldpagePropArr = $this->getRecordProperties('pages', $propArr['pid']);
                    if ($destPid != $propArr['pid']) {
                        // Logged to old page
                        $newPropArr = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $uid);
                        $newpagePropArr = $this->getRecordProperties('pages', $destPid);
                        $this->log($table, $uid, 4, $destPid, 0, 'Moved record \'%s\' (%s) to page \'%s\' (%s)', 2, [$propArr['header'], $table . ':' . $uid, $newpagePropArr['header'], $newPropArr['pid']], $propArr['pid']);
                        // Logged to new page
                        $this->log($table, $uid, 4, $destPid, 0, 'Moved record \'%s\' (%s) from page \'%s\' (%s)', 3, [$propArr['header'], $table . ':' . $uid, $oldpagePropArr['header'], $propArr['pid']], $destPid);
                    } else {
                        // Logged to new page
                        $this->log($table, $uid, 4, $destPid, 0, 'Moved record \'%s\' (%s) on page \'%s\' (%s)', 4, [$propArr['header'], $table . ':' . $uid, $oldpagePropArr['header'], $propArr['pid']], $destPid);
                    }
                }
                // Clear cache after moving
                $this->registerRecordIdForPageCacheClearing($table, $uid);
                $this->fixUniqueInPid($table, $uid);
                // fixCopyAfterDuplFields
                if ($origDestPid < 0) {
                    $this->fixCopyAfterDuplFields($table, $uid, abs($origDestPid), 1);
                    $this->fixCopyAfterDuplFields($table, $uid, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ abs($origDestPid), 1);
                }
            } elseif ($this->enableLogging) {
                $destPropArr = $this->getRecordProperties('pages', $destPid);
                $this->log($table, $uid, 4, 0, 1, 'Attempt to move page \'%s\' (%s) to inside of its own rootline (at page \'%s\' (%s))', 10, [$propArr['header'], $uid, $destPropArr['header'], $destPid], $propArr['pid']);
            }
        } elseif ($sortRow) {
            // Put after another record
            // Table is being sorted
            // Save the position to which the original record is requested to be moved
            $originalRecordDestinationPid = $destPid;
            $sortInfo = $this->getSortNumber($table, $uid, $destPid);
            // Setting the destPid to the new pid of the record.
            $destPid = $sortInfo['pid'];
            // If not an array, there was an error (which is already logged)
            if (is_array($sortInfo)) {
                if ($table !== 'pages' || $this->destNotInsideSelf($destPid, $uid)) {
                    // clear cache before moving
                    $this->registerRecordIdForPageCacheClearing($table, $uid);
                    // We now update the pid and sortnumber (if not set for page translations)
                    $updateFields['pid'] = $destPid;
                    if (!isset($updateFields[$sortRow])) {
                        $updateFields[$sortRow] = $sortInfo['sortNumber'];
                    }
                    // Check for child records that have also to be moved
                    $this->moveRecord_procFields($table, $uid, $destPid);
                    // Create query for update:
                    GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
                        ->getConnectionForTable($table)
                        ->update($table, $updateFields, ['uid' => (int)$uid]);
                    // Check for the localizations of that element
                    $this->moveL10nOverlayRecords($table, $uid, $destPid, $originalRecordDestinationPid);
                    // Call post processing hooks:
                    foreach ($hookObjectsArr as $hookObj) {
                        if (method_exists($hookObj, 'moveRecord_afterAnotherElementPostProcess')) {
                            $hookObj->moveRecord_afterAnotherElementPostProcess($table, $uid, $destPid, $origDestPid, $moveRec, $updateFields, $this);
                        }
                    }
                    $this->getRecordHistoryStore()->moveRecord($table, $uid, ['oldPageId' => $propArr['pid'], 'newPageId' => $destPid, 'oldData' => $propArr, 'newData' => $updateFields]);
                    if ($this->enableLogging) {
                        // Logging...
                        $oldpagePropArr = $this->getRecordProperties('pages', $propArr['pid']);
                        if ($destPid != $propArr['pid']) {
                            // Logged to old page
                            $newPropArr = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $uid);
                            $newpagePropArr = $this->getRecordProperties('pages', $destPid);
                            $this->log($table, $uid, 4, 0, 0, 'Moved record \'%s\' (%s) to page \'%s\' (%s)', 2, [$propArr['header'], $table . ':' . $uid, $newpagePropArr['header'], $newPropArr['pid']], $propArr['pid']);
                            // Logged to old page
                            $this->log($table, $uid, 4, 0, 0, 'Moved record \'%s\' (%s) from page \'%s\' (%s)', 3, [$propArr['header'], $table . ':' . $uid, $oldpagePropArr['header'], $propArr['pid']], $destPid);
                        } else {
                            // Logged to old page
                            $this->log($table, $uid, 4, 0, 0, 'Moved record \'%s\' (%s) on page \'%s\' (%s)', 4, [$propArr['header'], $table . ':' . $uid, $oldpagePropArr['header'], $propArr['pid']], $destPid);
                        }
                    }
                    // Clear cache after moving
                    $this->registerRecordIdForPageCacheClearing($table, $uid);
                    // fixUniqueInPid
                    $this->fixUniqueInPid($table, $uid);
                    // fixCopyAfterDuplFields
                    if ($origDestPid < 0) {
                        $this->fixCopyAfterDuplFields($table, $uid, abs($origDestPid), 1);
                    }
                } elseif ($this->enableLogging) {
                    $destPropArr = $this->getRecordProperties('pages', $destPid);
                    $this->log($table, $uid, 4, 0, 1, 'Attempt to move page \'%s\' (%s) to inside of its own rootline (at page \'%s\' (%s))', 10, [$propArr['header'], $uid, $destPropArr['header'], $destPid], $propArr['pid']);
                }
            } else {
                $this->log($table, $uid, 4, 0, 1, 'Attempt to move record \'%s\' (%s) to after another record, although the table has no sorting row.', 13, [$propArr['header'], $table . ':' . $uid], $propArr['event_pid']);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Walk through all fields of the moved record and look for children of e.g. the inline type.
     * If child records are found, they are also move to the new $destPid.
     *
     * @param string $table Record Table
     * @param string $uid Record UID
     * @param string $destPid Position to move to
     */
    public function moveRecord_procFields($table, $uid, $destPid)
    {
        $row = BackendUtility::getRecordWSOL($table, $uid);
        $row = BackendUtility::getRecordWSOL($table, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $uid);
        if (is_array($row)) {
            $conf = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'];
            foreach ($row as $field => $value) {
                $this->moveRecord_procBasedOnFieldType($table, $uid, $destPid, $field, $value, $conf[$field]['config']);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Move child records depending on the field type of the parent record.
     *
     * @param string $table Record Table
     * @param string $uid Record UID
     * @param string $destPid Position to move to
     * @param string $field Record field
     * @param string $value Record field value
     * @param array $conf TCA configuration of current field
     */
    public function moveRecord_procBasedOnFieldType($table, $uid, $destPid, $field, $value, $conf)
    {
        if ($conf['type'] === 'inline') {
            $foreign_table = $conf['foreign_table'];
            $moveChildrenWithParent = !isset($conf['behaviour']['disableMovingChildrenWithParent']) || !$conf['behaviour']['disableMovingChildrenWithParent'];
            if ($foreign_table && $moveChildrenWithParent) {
                $inlineType = $this->getInlineFieldType($conf);
                if ($inlineType === 'list' || $inlineType === 'field') {
                    if ($table === 'pages') {
                        // If the inline elements are related to a page record,
                        // make sure they reside at that page and not at its parent
                        $destPid = $uid;
                    }
                    $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
                    $dbAnalysis->start($value, $conf['foreign_table'], '', $uid, $table, $conf);
                    $dbAnalysis->start($value, $conf['foreign_table'], '', /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $uid, $table, $conf);
                }
            }
        }
        // Move the records
        if (isset($dbAnalysis)) {
            // Moving records to a positive destination will insert each
            // record at the beginning, thus the order is reversed here:
            foreach (array_reverse($dbAnalysis->itemArray) as $v) {
                $this->moveRecord($v['table'], $v['id'], $destPid);
                $this->moveRecord($v['table'], $v['id'], /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $destPid);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Find l10n-overlay records and perform the requested move action for these records.
     *
     * @param string $table Record Table
     * @param string $uid Record UID
     * @param string $destPid Position to move to
     * @param string $originalRecordDestinationPid Position to move the original record to
     */
    public function moveL10nOverlayRecords($table, $uid, $destPid, $originalRecordDestinationPid)
    {
        // There's no need to perform this for non-localizable tables
        if (!BackendUtility::isTableLocalizable($table)) {
            return;
        }

        $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
        $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()
            ->removeAll()
            ->add(GeneralUtility::makeInstance(DeletedRestriction::class))
            ->add(GeneralUtility::makeInstance(BackendWorkspaceRestriction::class));

        $queryBuilder->select('*')
            ->from($table)
            ->where(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                    $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'],
                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($uid, \PDO::PARAM_INT, ':pointer')
                )
            );

        if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) {
            $queryBuilder->andWhere(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('t3ver_oid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(0, \PDO::PARAM_INT))
            );
        }

        $l10nRecords = $queryBuilder->execute()->fetchAll();
        if (is_array($l10nRecords)) {
            $localizedDestPids = [];
            // If $$originalRecordDestinationPid < 0, then it is the uid of the original language record we are inserting after
            if ($originalRecordDestinationPid < 0) {
                // Get the localized records of the record we are inserting after
                $queryBuilder->setParameter('pointer', abs($originalRecordDestinationPid), \PDO::PARAM_INT);
                $destL10nRecords = $queryBuilder->execute()->fetchAll();
                // Index the localized record uids by language
                if (is_array($destL10nRecords)) {
                    foreach ($destL10nRecords as $record) {
                        $localizedDestPids[$record[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']]] = -$record['uid'];
                    }
                }
            }
            // Move the localized records after the corresponding localizations of the destination record
            foreach ($l10nRecords as $record) {
                $localizedDestPid = (int)$localizedDestPids[$record[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']]];
                if ($localizedDestPid < 0) {
                    $this->moveRecord($table, $record['uid'], $localizedDestPid);
                } else {
                    $this->moveRecord($table, $record['uid'], $destPid);
                    $this->moveRecord($table, $record['uid'], /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $destPid);
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Localizes a record to another system language
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $uid Record uid (to be localized)
     * @param int $language Language ID (from sys_language table)
     * @return int|bool The uid (int) of the new translated record or FALSE (bool) if something went wrong
     */
    public function localize($table, $uid, $language)
    {
        $newId = false;
        $uid = (int)$uid;
        if (!$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table] || !$uid || $this->isNestedElementCallRegistered($table, $uid, 'localize') !== false) {
            return false;
        }

        $this->registerNestedElementCall($table, $uid, 'localize');
        if (!$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField'] || !$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']) {
            $this->newlog('Localization failed; "languageField" and "transOrigPointerField" must be defined for the table!', 1);
            return false;
        }
        $langRec = BackendUtility::getRecord('sys_language', (int)$language, 'uid,title');
        if (!$langRec) {
            $this->newlog('Sys language UID "' . $language . '" not found valid!', 1);
            return false;
        }

        if (!$this->doesRecordExist($table, $uid, 'show')) {
            $this->newlog('Attempt to localize record without permission', 1);
            return false;
        }

        // Getting workspace overlay if possible - this will localize versions in workspace if any
        $row = BackendUtility::getRecordWSOL($table, $uid);
        if (!is_array($row)) {
            $this->newlog('Attempt to localize record that did not exist!', 1);
            return false;
        }

        // Make sure that records which are translated from another language than the default language have a correct
        // localization source set themselves, before translating them to another language.
        if ((int)$row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']] !== 0
            && $row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']] > 0) {
            $localizationParentRecord = BackendUtility::getRecord(
                $table,
                $row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']]
            );
            if ((int)$localizationParentRecord[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']] !== 0) {
                $this->newlog('Localization failed; Source record contained a reference to an original record that is not a default record (which is strange)!', 1);
                return false;
            }
        }

        // Default language records must never have a localization parent as they are the origin of any translation.
        if ((int)$row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']] !== 0
            && (int)$row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']] === 0) {
            $this->newlog('Localization failed; Source record contained a reference to an original default record but is a default record itself (which is strange)!', 1);
            return false;
        }

        $pass = !BackendUtility::getRecordLocalization($table, $uid, $language, 'AND pid=' . (int)$row['pid']);

        if (!$pass) {
            $this->newlog('Localization failed; There already was a localization for this language of the record!', 1);
            return false;
        }

        // Initialize:
        $overrideValues = [];
        $excludeFields = [];
        // Set override values:
        $overrideValues[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']] = $langRec['uid'];
        // If the translated record is a default language record, set it's uid as localization parent of the new record.
        // If translating from any other language, no override is needed; we just can copy the localization parent of
        // the original record (which is pointing to the correspondent default language record) to the new record.
        // In copy / free mode the TransOrigPointer field is always set to 0, as no connection to the localization parent is wanted in that case.
        // For pages, there is no "copy/free mode".
        if (($this->useTransOrigPointerField || $table === 'pages') && (int)$row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']] === 0) {
            $overrideValues[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']] = $uid;
        } elseif (!$this->useTransOrigPointerField) {
            $overrideValues[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']] = 0;
        }
        if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['translationSource'])) {
            $overrideValues[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['translationSource']] = $uid;
        }
        // Copy the type (if defined in both tables) from the original record so that translation has same type as original record
        if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['type'])) {
            $overrideValues[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['type']] = $row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['type']];
        }
        // Set exclude Fields:
        foreach ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'] as $fN => $fCfg) {
            $translateToMsg = '';
            // Check if we are just prefixing:
            if ($fCfg['l10n_mode'] === 'prefixLangTitle') {
                if (($fCfg['config']['type'] === 'text' || $fCfg['config']['type'] === 'input') && (string)$row[$fN] !== '') {
                    list($tscPID) = BackendUtility::getTSCpid($table, $uid, '');
                    list($tscPID) = BackendUtility::getTSCpid($table, $uid, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ '');
                    $TSConfig = $this->getTCEMAIN_TSconfig($tscPID);
                    if (!empty($TSConfig['translateToMessage'])) {
                        $translateToMsg = $this->getLanguageService()->sL($TSConfig['translateToMessage']);
                        $translateToMsg = @sprintf($translateToMsg, $langRec['title']);
                    }

                    foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_tcemain.php']['processTranslateToClass'] ?? [] as $className) {
                        $hookObj = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($className);
                        if (method_exists($hookObj, 'processTranslateTo_copyAction')) {
                            $hookObj->processTranslateTo_copyAction($row[$fN], $langRec, $this);
                        }
                    }
                    if (!empty($translateToMsg)) {
                        $overrideValues[$fN] = '[' . $translateToMsg . '] ' . $row[$fN];
                    } else {
                        $overrideValues[$fN] = $row[$fN];
                    }
                }
            } elseif (
                ($fCfg['l10n_mode'] === 'exclude')
                    && $fN != $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']
                    && $fN != $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']
             ) {
                // Otherwise, do not copy field (unless it is the language field or
                // pointer to the original language)
                $excludeFields[] = $fN;
            }
        }

        if ($table !== 'pages') {
            // Get the uid of record after which this localized record should be inserted
            $previousUid = $this->getPreviousLocalizedRecordUid($table, $uid, $row['pid'], $language);
            // Execute the copy:
            $newId = $this->copyRecord($table, $uid, -$previousUid, true, $overrideValues, implode(',', $excludeFields), $language);
            $autoVersionNewId = $this->getAutoVersionId($table, $newId);
            if (is_null($autoVersionNewId) === false) {
                $this->triggerRemapAction($table, $newId, [$this, 'placeholderShadowing'], [$table, $autoVersionNewId], true);
            }
        } else {
            // Create new page which needs to contain the same pid as the original page
            $overrideValues['pid'] = $row['pid'];
            $temporaryId = StringUtility::getUniqueId('NEW');
            $copyTCE = $this->getLocalTCE();
            $copyTCE->start([$table => [$temporaryId => $overrideValues]], [], $this->BE_USER);
            $copyTCE->process_datamap();
            // Getting the new UID as if it had been copied:
            $theNewSQLID = $copyTCE->substNEWwithIDs[$temporaryId];
            if ($theNewSQLID) {
                // If is by design that $table is used and not $table! See "l10nmgr" extension. Could be debated, but this is what I chose for this "pseudo case"
                $this->copyMappingArray[$table][$uid] = $theNewSQLID;
                $newId = $theNewSQLID;
            }
        }

        return $newId;
    }

    /**
     * Performs localization or synchronization of child records.
     * The $command argument expects an array, but supports a string for backward-compatibility.
     *
     * $command = array(
     *   'field' => 'tx_myfieldname',
     *   'language' => 2,
     *   // either the key 'action' or 'ids' must be set
     *   'action' => 'synchronize', // or 'localize'
     *   'ids' => array(1, 2, 3, 4) // child element ids
     * );
     *
     * @param string $table The table of the localized parent record
     * @param int $id The uid of the localized parent record
     * @param array|string $command Defines the command to be performed (see example above)
     */
    protected function inlineLocalizeSynchronize($table, $id, $command)
    {
        $parentRecord = BackendUtility::getRecordWSOL($table, $id);

        // Backward-compatibility handling
        if (!is_array($command)) {
            // <field>, (localize | synchronize | <uid>):
            $parts = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $command);
            $command = [
                'field' => $parts[0],
                // The previous process expected $id to point to the localized record already
                'language' => (int)$parentRecord[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']]
            ];
            if (!MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($parts[1])) {
                $command['action'] = $parts[1];
            } else {
                $command['ids'] = [$parts[1]];
            }
        }

        // In case the parent record is the default language record, fetch the localization
        if (empty($parentRecord[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']])) {
            // Fetch the live record
            $parentRecordLocalization = BackendUtility::getRecordLocalization($table, $id, $command['language'], 'AND pid<>-1');
            if (empty($parentRecordLocalization)) {
                if ($this->enableLogging) {
                    $this->log($table, $id, 0, 0, 0, 'Localization for parent record ' . $table . ':' . $id . '" cannot be fetched', -1, [], $this->eventPid($table, $id, $parentRecord['pid']));
                }
                return;
            }
            $parentRecord = $parentRecordLocalization[0];
            $id = $parentRecord['uid'];
            // Process overlay for current selected workspace
            BackendUtility::workspaceOL($table, $parentRecord);
        }

        $field = $command['field'];
        $language = $command['language'];
        $action = $command['action'];
        $ids = $command['ids'];

        if (!$field || !($action === 'localize' || $action === 'synchronize') && empty($ids) || !isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$field]['config'])) {
            return;
        }

        $config = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$field]['config'];
        $foreignTable = $config['foreign_table'];

        $transOrigPointer = (int)$parentRecord[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']];
        $childTransOrigPointerField = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$foreignTable]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'];

        if (!$parentRecord || !is_array($parentRecord) || $language <= 0 || !$transOrigPointer) {
            return;
        }

        $inlineSubType = $this->getInlineFieldType($config);
        if ($inlineSubType === false) {
            return;
        }

        $transOrigRecord = BackendUtility::getRecordWSOL($table, $transOrigPointer);

        $removeArray = [];
        $mmTable = $inlineSubType === 'mm' && isset($config['MM']) && $config['MM'] ? $config['MM'] : '';
        // Fetch children from original language parent:
        /** @var $dbAnalysisOriginal RelationHandler */
        $dbAnalysisOriginal = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
        $dbAnalysisOriginal->start($transOrigRecord[$field], $foreignTable, $mmTable, $transOrigRecord['uid'], $table, $config);
        $elementsOriginal = [];
        foreach ($dbAnalysisOriginal->itemArray as $item) {
            $elementsOriginal[$item['id']] = $item;
        }
        unset($dbAnalysisOriginal);
        // Fetch children from current localized parent:
        /** @var $dbAnalysisCurrent RelationHandler */
        $dbAnalysisCurrent = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
        $dbAnalysisCurrent->start($parentRecord[$field], $foreignTable, $mmTable, $id, $table, $config);
        // Perform synchronization: Possibly removal of already localized records:
        if ($action === 'synchronize') {
            foreach ($dbAnalysisCurrent->itemArray as $index => $item) {
                $childRecord = BackendUtility::getRecordWSOL($item['table'], $item['id']);
                if (isset($childRecord[$childTransOrigPointerField]) && $childRecord[$childTransOrigPointerField] > 0) {
                    $childTransOrigPointer = $childRecord[$childTransOrigPointerField];
                    // If synchronization is requested, child record was translated once, but original record does not exist anymore, remove it:
                    if (!isset($elementsOriginal[$childTransOrigPointer])) {
                        unset($dbAnalysisCurrent->itemArray[$index]);
                        $removeArray[$item['table']][$item['id']]['delete'] = 1;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        // Perform synchronization/localization: Possibly add unlocalized records for original language:
        if ($action === 'localize' || $action === 'synchronize') {
            foreach ($elementsOriginal as $originalId => $item) {
                $item['id'] = $this->localize($item['table'], $item['id'], $language);
                $item['id'] = $this->overlayAutoVersionId($item['table'], $item['id']);
                $dbAnalysisCurrent->itemArray[] = $item;
            }
        } elseif (!empty($ids)) {
            foreach ($ids as $childId) {
                if (!MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($childId) || !isset($elementsOriginal[$childId])) {
                    continue;
                }
                $item = $elementsOriginal[$childId];
                $item['id'] = $this->localize($item['table'], $item['id'], $language);
                $item['id'] = $this->overlayAutoVersionId($item['table'], $item['id']);
                $dbAnalysisCurrent->itemArray[] = $item;
            }
        }
        // Store the new values, we will set up the uids for the subtype later on (exception keep localization from original record):
        $value = implode(',', $dbAnalysisCurrent->getValueArray());
        $this->registerDBList[$table][$id][$field] = $value;
        // Remove child records (if synchronization requested it):
        if (is_array($removeArray) && !empty($removeArray)) {
            /** @var DataHandler $tce */
            $tce = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(__CLASS__);
            $tce->enableLogging = $this->enableLogging;
            $tce->start([], $removeArray);
            $tce->process_cmdmap();
            unset($tce);
        }
        $updateFields = [];
        // Handle, reorder and store relations:
        if ($inlineSubType === 'list') {
            $updateFields = [$field => $value];
        } elseif ($inlineSubType === 'field') {
            $dbAnalysisCurrent->writeForeignField($config, $id);
            $updateFields = [$field => $dbAnalysisCurrent->countItems(false)];
        } elseif ($inlineSubType === 'mm') {
            $dbAnalysisCurrent->writeMM($config['MM'], $id);
            $updateFields = [$field => $dbAnalysisCurrent->countItems(false)];
        }
        // Update field referencing to child records of localized parent record:
        if (!empty($updateFields)) {
            $this->updateDB($table, $id, $updateFields);
        }
    }

    /*********************************************
     *
     * Cmd: Deleting
     *
     ********************************************/
    /**
     * Delete a single record
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id Record UID
     */
    public function deleteAction($table, $id)
    {
        $recordToDelete = BackendUtility::getRecord($table, $id);
        // Record asked to be deleted was found:
        if (is_array($recordToDelete)) {
            $recordWasDeleted = false;
            foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_tcemain.php']['processCmdmapClass'] ?? [] as $className) {
                $hookObj = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($className);
                if (method_exists($hookObj, 'processCmdmap_deleteAction')) {
                    $hookObj->processCmdmap_deleteAction($table, $id, $recordToDelete, $recordWasDeleted, $this);
                }
            }
            // Delete the record if a hook hasn't deleted it yet
            if (!$recordWasDeleted) {
                $this->deleteEl($table, $id);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Delete element from any table
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $uid Record UID
     * @param bool $noRecordCheck Flag: If $noRecordCheck is set, then the function does not check permission to delete record
     * @param bool $forceHardDelete If TRUE, the "deleted" flag is ignored if applicable for record and the record is deleted COMPLETELY!
     */
    public function deleteEl($table, $uid, $noRecordCheck = false, $forceHardDelete = false)
    {
        if ($table === 'pages') {
            $this->deletePages($uid, $noRecordCheck, $forceHardDelete);
        } else {
            $this->deleteVersionsForRecord($table, $uid, $forceHardDelete);
            $this->deleteRecord($table, $uid, $noRecordCheck, $forceHardDelete);
        }
    }

    /**
     * Delete versions for element from any table
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $uid Record UID
     * @param bool $forceHardDelete If TRUE, the "deleted" flag is ignored if applicable for record and the record is deleted COMPLETELY!
     */
    public function deleteVersionsForRecord($table, $uid, $forceHardDelete)
    {
        $versions = BackendUtility::selectVersionsOfRecord($table, $uid, 'uid,pid,t3ver_wsid,t3ver_state', $this->BE_USER->workspace ?: null);
        if (is_array($versions)) {
            foreach ($versions as $verRec) {
                if (!$verRec['_CURRENT_VERSION']) {
                    if ($table === 'pages') {
                        $this->deletePages($verRec['uid'], true, $forceHardDelete);
                    } else {
                        $this->deleteRecord($table, $verRec['uid'], true, $forceHardDelete);
                    }

                    // Delete move-placeholder
                    $versionState = VersionState::cast($verRec['t3ver_state']);
                    if ($versionState->equals(VersionState::MOVE_POINTER)) {
                        $versionMovePlaceholder = BackendUtility::getMovePlaceholder($table, $uid, 'uid', $verRec['t3ver_wsid']);
                        if (!empty($versionMovePlaceholder)) {
                            $this->deleteEl($table, $versionMovePlaceholder['uid'], true, $forceHardDelete);
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Undelete a single record
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $uid Record UID
     */
    public function undeleteRecord($table, $uid)
    {
        if ($this->isRecordUndeletable($table, $uid)) {
            $this->deleteRecord($table, $uid, true, false, true);
        }
    }

    /**
     * Deleting/Undeleting a record
     * This function may not be used to delete pages-records unless the underlying records are already deleted
     * Deletes a record regardless of versioning state (live or offline, doesn't matter, the uid decides)
     * If both $noRecordCheck and $forceHardDelete are set it could even delete a "deleted"-flagged record!
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $uid Record UID
     * @param bool $noRecordCheck Flag: If $noRecordCheck is set, then the function does not check permission to delete record
     * @param bool $forceHardDelete If TRUE, the "deleted" flag is ignored if applicable for record and the record is deleted COMPLETELY!
     * @param bool $undeleteRecord If TRUE, the "deleted" flag is set to 0 again and thus, the item is undeleted.
     */
    public function deleteRecord($table, $uid, $noRecordCheck = false, $forceHardDelete = false, $undeleteRecord = false)
    {
        $uid = (int)$uid;
        if (!$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table] || !$uid) {
            $this->log($table, $uid, 3, 0, 1, 'Attempt to delete record without delete-permissions. [' . $this->BE_USER->errorMsg . ']');
            return;
        }

        // Checking if there is anything else disallowing deleting the record by checking if editing is allowed
        $deletedRecord = $forceHardDelete || $undeleteRecord;
        $fullLanguageAccessCheck = true;
        if ($table === 'pages') {
            // If this is a page translation, the full language access check should not be done
            $defaultLanguagePageId = $this->getDefaultLanguagePageId($uid);
            if ($defaultLanguagePageId !== $uid) {
                $fullLanguageAccessCheck = false;
            }
        }
        $hasEditAccess = $this->BE_USER->recordEditAccessInternals($table, $uid, false, $deletedRecord, $fullLanguageAccessCheck);
        if (!$hasEditAccess) {
            $this->log($table, $uid, 3, 0, 1, 'Attempt to delete record without delete-permissions');
            return;
        }
        if (!$noRecordCheck && !$this->doesRecordExist($table, $uid, 'delete')) {
            return;
        }

        // Clear cache before deleting the record, else the correct page cannot be identified by clear_cache
        list($parentUid) = BackendUtility::getTSCpid($table, $uid, '');
        list($parentUid) = BackendUtility::getTSCpid($table, $uid, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ '');
        $this->registerRecordIdForPageCacheClearing($table, $uid, $parentUid);
        $deleteField = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['delete'];
        $databaseErrorMessage = '';
        if ($deleteField && !$forceHardDelete) {
            $updateFields = [
                $deleteField => $undeleteRecord ? 0 : 1
            ];
            if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['tstamp']) {
                $updateFields[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['tstamp']] = $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'];
            }
            // If the table is sorted, then the sorting number is set very high
            if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['sortby'] && !$undeleteRecord) {
                $updateFields[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['sortby']] = 1000000000;
            }
            // before (un-)deleting this record, check for child records or references
            $this->deleteRecord_procFields($table, $uid, $undeleteRecord);
            try {
                GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
                    ->getConnectionForTable($table)
                    ->update($table, $updateFields, ['uid' => (int)$uid]);
                // Delete all l10n records as well, impossible during undelete because it might bring too many records back to life
                if (!$undeleteRecord) {
                    $this->deletedRecords[$table][] = (int)$uid;
                    $this->deleteL10nOverlayRecords($table, $uid);
                }
            } catch (DBALException $e) {
                $databaseErrorMessage = $e->getPrevious()->getMessage();
            }
        } else {
            // Fetches all fields with flexforms and look for files to delete:
            foreach ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'] as $fieldName => $cfg) {
                $conf = $cfg['config'];
                switch ($conf['type']) {
                    case 'flex':
                        $flexObj = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FlexFormTools::class);

                        $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
                            ->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
                        $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll();

                        $files = $queryBuilder
                            ->select('*')
                            ->from($table)
                            ->where(
                                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                                    'uid',
                                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($uid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                                )
                            )
                            ->execute()
                            ->fetch();

                        $flexObj->traverseFlexFormXMLData($table, $fieldName, $files, $this, 'deleteRecord_flexFormCallBack');
                        break;
                }
            }
            // Fetches all fields that holds references to files
            $fileFieldArr = $this->extFileFields($table);
            if (!empty($fileFieldArr)) {
                $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
                $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll();
                $result = $queryBuilder
                    ->select(...$fileFieldArr)
                    ->from($table)
                    ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq('uid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($uid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)))
                    ->execute();
                if ($row = $result->fetch()) {
                    $fArray = $fileFieldArr;
                    // MISSING: Support for MM file relations!
                    foreach ($fArray as $theField) {
                        // This deletes files that belonged to this record.
                        $this->extFileFunctions($table, $theField, $row[$theField]);
                    }
                } else {
                    $this->log($table, $uid, 3, 0, 100, 'Delete: Zero rows in result when trying to read filenames from record which should be deleted');
                }
            }
            // Delete the hard way...:
            try {
                GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
                    ->getConnectionForTable($table)
                    ->delete($table, ['uid' => (int)$uid]);
                $this->deletedRecords[$table][] = (int)$uid;
                $this->deleteL10nOverlayRecords($table, $uid);
            } catch (DBALException $e) {
                $databaseErrorMessage = $e->getPrevious()->getMessage();
            }
        }
        if ($this->enableLogging) {
            // 1 means insert, 3 means delete
            $state = $undeleteRecord ? 1 : 3;
            if ($databaseErrorMessage === '') {
                if ($forceHardDelete) {
                    $message = 'Record \'%s\' (%s) was deleted unrecoverable from page \'%s\' (%s)';
                } else {
                    $message = $state == 1 ? 'Record \'%s\' (%s) was restored on page \'%s\' (%s)' : 'Record \'%s\' (%s) was deleted from page \'%s\' (%s)';
                }
                $propArr = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $uid);
                $pagePropArr = $this->getRecordProperties('pages', $propArr['pid']);

                $this->log($table, $uid, $state, 0, 0, $message, 0, [
                    $propArr['header'],
                    $table . ':' . $uid,
                    $pagePropArr['header'],
                    $propArr['pid']
                ], $propArr['event_pid']);
            } else {
                $this->log($table, $uid, $state, 0, 100, $databaseErrorMessage);
            }
        }

        // Add history entry
        if ($undeleteRecord) {
            $this->getRecordHistoryStore()->undeleteRecord($table, $uid);
        } else {
            $this->getRecordHistoryStore()->deleteRecord($table, $uid);
        }

        // Update reference index:
        $this->updateRefIndex($table, $uid);

        // We track calls to update the reference index as to avoid calling it twice
        // with the same arguments. This is done because reference indexing is quite
        // costly and the update reference index stack usually contain duplicates.
        // NB: also filled and checked in loop below. The initialisation prevents
        // running the "root" record twice if it appears in the stack twice.
        $updateReferenceIndexCalls = [[$table, $uid]];

        // If there are entries in the updateRefIndexStack
        if (is_array($this->updateRefIndexStack[$table]) && is_array($this->updateRefIndexStack[$table][$uid])) {
            while ($args = array_pop($this->updateRefIndexStack[$table][$uid])) {
                if (!in_array($args, $updateReferenceIndexCalls, true)) {
                    // $args[0]: table, $args[1]: uid
                    $this->updateRefIndex($args[0], $args[1]);
                    $updateReferenceIndexCalls[] = $args;
                }
            }
            unset($this->updateRefIndexStack[$table][$uid]);
        }
    }

    /**
     * Call back function for deleting file relations for flexform fields in records which are being completely deleted.
     *
     * @param array $dsArr
     * @param string $dataValue
     * @param array $PA
     * @param string $structurePath not used
     * @param object $pObj not used
     */
    public function deleteRecord_flexFormCallBack($dsArr, $dataValue, $PA, $structurePath, $pObj)
    {
        // Use reference index object to find files in fields:
        /** @var ReferenceIndex $refIndexObj */
        $refIndexObj = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ReferenceIndex::class);
        $refIndexObj->enableRuntimeCache();
        $files = $refIndexObj->getRelations_procFiles($dataValue, $dsArr['TCEforms']['config'], $PA['uid']);
        // Traverse files and delete them if the field is a regular file field (and not a file_reference field)
        if (is_array($files) && $dsArr['TCEforms']['config']['internal_type'] === 'file') {
            foreach ($files as $dat) {
                if (@is_file($dat['ID_absFile'])) {
                    $file = $this->getResourceFactory()->retrieveFileOrFolderObject($dat['ID_absFile']);
                    $file->delete();
                } else {
                    $this->log('', 0, 3, 0, 100, 'Delete: Referenced file \'' . $dat['ID_absFile'] . '\' that was supposed to be deleted together with its record which didn\'t exist');
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Used to delete page because it will check for branch below pages and disallowed tables on the page as well.
     *
     * @param int $uid Page id
     * @param bool $force If TRUE, pages are not checked for permission.
     * @param bool $forceHardDelete If TRUE, the "deleted" flag is ignored if applicable for record and the record is deleted COMPLETELY!
     */
    public function deletePages($uid, $force = false, $forceHardDelete = false)
    {
        $uid = (int)$uid;
        if ($uid === 0) {
            if ($this->enableLogging) {
                $this->log('pages', $uid, 0, 0, 2, 'Deleting all pages starting from the root-page is disabled.', -1, [], 0);
            }
            return;
        }
        // Getting list of pages to delete:
        if ($force) {
            // Returns the branch WITHOUT permission checks (0 secures that), so it cannot return -1
            $pageIdsInBranch = $this->doesBranchExist('', $uid, 0, true);
            $res = GeneralUtility::intExplode(',', $pageIdsInBranch . $uid, true);
        } else {
            $res = $this->canDeletePage($uid);
        }
        // Perform deletion if not error:
        if (is_array($res)) {
            foreach ($res as $deleteId) {
                $this->deleteSpecificPage($deleteId, $forceHardDelete);
            }
        } else {
            /** @var FlashMessage $flashMessage */
            $flashMessage = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FlashMessage::class, $res, '', FlashMessage::ERROR, true);
            $flashMessage = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FlashMessage::class, $res, '', /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ FlashMessage::ERROR, true);
            /** @var $flashMessageService FlashMessageService */
            $flashMessageService = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FlashMessageService::class);
            $flashMessageService->getMessageQueueByIdentifier()->addMessage($flashMessage);
            $this->newlog($res, 1);
            $this->newlog(/** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $res, 1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * Delete a page and all records on it.
     *
     * @param int $uid Page id
     * @param bool $forceHardDelete If TRUE, the "deleted" flag is ignored if applicable for record and the record is deleted COMPLETELY!
     * @access private
     * @see deletePages()
     */
    public function deleteSpecificPage($uid, $forceHardDelete = false)
    {
        $uid = (int)$uid;
        if ($uid) {
            $tableNames = $this->compileAdminTables();
            foreach ($tableNames as $table) {
                if ($table !== 'pages') {
                    $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
                        ->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);

                    $this->addDeleteRestriction($queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll());

                    $statement = $queryBuilder
                        ->select('uid')
                        ->from($table)
                        ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                            'pid',
                            $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($uid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                        ))
                        ->execute();

                    while ($row = $statement->fetch()) {
                        $this->copyMovedRecordToNewLocation($table, $row['uid']);
                        $this->deleteVersionsForRecord($table, $row['uid'], $forceHardDelete);
                        $this->deleteRecord($table, $row['uid'], true, $forceHardDelete);
                    }
                }
            }
            $this->copyMovedRecordToNewLocation('pages', $uid);
            $this->deleteVersionsForRecord('pages', $uid, $forceHardDelete);
            $this->deleteRecord('pages', $uid, true, $forceHardDelete);
        }
    }

    /**
     * Copies the move placeholder of a record to its new location (pid).
     * This will create a "new" placeholder at the new location and
     * a version for this new placeholder. The original move placeholder
     * is then deleted because it is not needed anymore.
     *
     * This method is used to assure that moved records are not deleted
     * when the origin page is deleted.
     *
     * @param string $table Record table
     * @param int $uid Record uid
     */
    protected function copyMovedRecordToNewLocation($table, $uid)
    {
        if ($this->BE_USER->workspace > 0) {
            $originalRecord = BackendUtility::getRecord($table, $uid);
            $movePlaceholder = BackendUtility::getMovePlaceholder($table, $uid);
            // Check whether target page to copied to is different to current page
            // Cloning on the same page is superfluous and does not help at all
            if (!empty($originalRecord) && !empty($movePlaceholder) && (int)$originalRecord['pid'] !== (int)$movePlaceholder['pid']) {
                // If move placeholder exists, copy to new location
                // This will create a New placeholder on the new location
                // and a version for this new placeholder
                $command = [
                    $table => [
                        $uid => [
                            'copy' => '-' . $movePlaceholder['uid']
                        ]
                    ]
                ];
                /** @var DataHandler $dataHandler */
                $dataHandler = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(__CLASS__);
                $dataHandler->enableLogging = $this->enableLogging;
                $dataHandler->neverHideAtCopy = true;
                $dataHandler->start([], $command);
                $dataHandler->process_cmdmap();
                unset($dataHandler);

                // Delete move placeholder
                $this->deleteRecord($table, $movePlaceholder['uid'], true, true);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Used to evaluate if a page can be deleted
     *
     * @param int $uid Page id
     * @return int[]|string If array: List of page uids to traverse and delete (means OK), if string: error message.
     */
    public function canDeletePage($uid)
    {
        $uid = (int)$uid;
        $isTranslatedPage = null;

        // If we may at all delete this page
        // If this is a page translation, do the check against the perms_* of the default page
        // Because it is currently only deleting the translation
        $defaultLanguagePageId = $this->getDefaultLanguagePageId($uid);
        if ($defaultLanguagePageId !== $uid) {
            if ($this->doesRecordExist('pages', (int)$defaultLanguagePageId, 'delete')) {
                $isTranslatedPage = true;
            } else {
                return 'Attempt to delete page without permissions';
            }
        } elseif (!$this->doesRecordExist('pages', $uid, 'delete')) {
            return 'Attempt to delete page without permissions';
        }

        $pageIdsInBranch = $this->doesBranchExist('', $uid, $this->pMap['delete'], true);

        if ($this->deleteTree) {
            if ($pageIdsInBranch === -1) {
                return 'Attempt to delete pages in branch without permissions';
            }

            $pagesInBranch = GeneralUtility::intExplode(',', $pageIdsInBranch . $uid, true);
        } else {
            if ($pageIdsInBranch === -1) {
                return 'Attempt to delete page without permissions';
            }
            if ($pageIdsInBranch !== '') {
                return 'Attempt to delete page which has subpages';
            }

            $pagesInBranch = [$uid];
        }

        if (!$this->checkForRecordsFromDisallowedTables($pagesInBranch)) {
            return 'Attempt to delete records from disallowed tables';
        }

        foreach ($pagesInBranch as $pageInBranch) {
            if (!$this->BE_USER->recordEditAccessInternals('pages', $pageInBranch, false, false, $isTranslatedPage ? false : true)) {
                return 'Attempt to delete page which has prohibited localizations.';
            }
        }
        return $pagesInBranch;
    }

    /**
     * Returns TRUE if record CANNOT be deleted, otherwise FALSE. Used to check before the versioning API allows a record to be marked for deletion.
     *
     * @param string $table Record Table
     * @param int $id Record UID
     * @return string Returns a string IF there is an error (error string explaining). FALSE means record can be deleted
     */
    public function cannotDeleteRecord($table, $id)
    {
        if ($table === 'pages') {
            $res = $this->canDeletePage($id);
            return is_array($res) ? false : $res;
        }
        return $this->doesRecordExist($table, $id, 'delete') ? false : 'No permission to delete record';
    }

    /**
     * Determines whether a record can be undeleted.
     *
     * @param string $table Table name of the record
     * @param int $uid uid of the record
     * @return bool Whether the record can be undeleted
     */
    public function isRecordUndeletable($table, $uid)
    {
        $result = false;
        $record = BackendUtility::getRecord($table, $uid, 'pid', '', false);
        if ($record['pid']) {
            $page = BackendUtility::getRecord('pages', $record['pid'], 'deleted, title, uid', '', false);
            // The page containing the record is not deleted, thus the record can be undeleted:
            if (!$page['deleted']) {
                $result = true;
            } else {
                $this->log($table, $uid, 'isRecordUndeletable', '', 1, 'Record cannot be undeleted since the page containing it is deleted! Undelete page "' . $page['title'] . ' (UID: ' . $page['uid'] . ')" first');
                $this->log($table, $uid, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ 'isRecordUndeletable', '', 1, 'Record cannot be undeleted since the page containing it is deleted! Undelete page "' . $page['title'] . ' (UID: ' . $page['uid'] . ')" first');
            }
        } else {
            // The page containing the record is on rootlevel, so there is no parent record to check, and the record can be undeleted:
            $result = true;
        }
        return $result;
    }

    /**
     * Before a record is deleted, check if it has references such as inline type or MM references.
     * If so, set these child records also to be deleted.
     *
     * @param string $table Record Table
     * @param string $uid Record UID
     * @param bool $undeleteRecord If a record should be undeleted (e.g. from history/undo)
     * @see deleteRecord()
     */
    public function deleteRecord_procFields($table, $uid, $undeleteRecord = false)
    {
        $conf = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'];
        $row = BackendUtility::getRecord($table, $uid, '*', '', false);
        $row = BackendUtility::getRecord($table, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $uid, '*', '', false);
        if (empty($row)) {
            return;
        }
        foreach ($row as $field => $value) {
            $this->deleteRecord_procBasedOnFieldType($table, $uid, $field, $value, $conf[$field]['config'], $undeleteRecord);
        }
    }

    /**
     * Process fields of a record to be deleted and search for special handling, like
     * inline type, MM records, etc.
     *
     * @param string $table Record Table
     * @param string $uid Record UID
     * @param string $field Record field
     * @param string $value Record field value
     * @param array $conf TCA configuration of current field
     * @param bool $undeleteRecord If a record should be undeleted (e.g. from history/undo)
     * @see deleteRecord()
     */
    public function deleteRecord_procBasedOnFieldType($table, $uid, $field, $value, $conf, $undeleteRecord = false)
    {
        if ($conf['type'] === 'inline') {
            $foreign_table = $conf['foreign_table'];
            if ($foreign_table) {
                $inlineType = $this->getInlineFieldType($conf);
                if ($inlineType === 'list' || $inlineType === 'field') {
                    /** @var RelationHandler $dbAnalysis */
                    $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
                    $dbAnalysis->start($value, $conf['foreign_table'], '', $uid, $table, $conf);
                    $dbAnalysis->start($value, $conf['foreign_table'], '', /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $uid, $table, $conf);
                    $dbAnalysis->undeleteRecord = true;

                    $enableCascadingDelete = true;
                    // non type save comparison is intended!
                    if (isset($conf['behaviour']['enableCascadingDelete']) && $conf['behaviour']['enableCascadingDelete'] == false) {
                        $enableCascadingDelete = false;
                    }

                    // Walk through the items and remove them
                    foreach ($dbAnalysis->itemArray as $v) {
                        if (!$undeleteRecord) {
                            if ($enableCascadingDelete) {
                                $this->deleteAction($v['table'], $v['id']);
                            }
                        } else {
                            $this->undeleteRecord($v['table'], $v['id']);
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        } elseif ($this->isReferenceField($conf)) {
            $allowedTables = $conf['type'] === 'group' ? $conf['allowed'] : $conf['foreign_table'];
            $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
            $dbAnalysis->start($value, $allowedTables, $conf['MM'], $uid, $table, $conf);
            foreach ($dbAnalysis->itemArray as $v) {
                $this->updateRefIndexStack[$table][$uid][] = [$v['table'], $v['id']];
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Find l10n-overlay records and perform the requested delete action for these records.
     *
     * @param string $table Record Table
     * @param string $uid Record UID
     */
    public function deleteL10nOverlayRecords($table, $uid)
    {
        // Check whether table can be localized
        if (!BackendUtility::isTableLocalizable($table)) {
            return;
        }

        $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
        $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()
            ->removeAll()
            ->add(GeneralUtility::makeInstance(DeletedRestriction::class))
            ->add(GeneralUtility::makeInstance(BackendWorkspaceRestriction::class));

        $queryBuilder->select('*')
            ->from($table)
            ->where(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                    $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'],
                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($uid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                )
            );

        if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) {
            $queryBuilder->andWhere(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('t3ver_oid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(0, \PDO::PARAM_INT))
            );
        }

        $result = $queryBuilder->execute();
        while ($record = $result->fetch()) {
            // Ignore workspace delete placeholders. Those records have been marked for
            // deletion before - deleting them again in a workspace would revert that state.
            if ($this->BE_USER->workspace > 0 && BackendUtility::isTableWorkspaceEnabled($table)) {
                BackendUtility::workspaceOL($table, $record);
                if (VersionState::cast($record['t3ver_state'])->equals(VersionState::DELETE_PLACEHOLDER)) {
                    continue;
                }
            }
            $this->deleteAction($table, (int)$record['t3ver_oid'] > 0 ? (int)$record['t3ver_oid'] : (int)$record['uid']);
        }
    }

    /*********************************************
     *
     * Cmd: Versioning
     *
     ********************************************/
    /**
     * Creates a new version of a record
     * (Requires support in the table)
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id Record uid to versionize
     * @param string $label Version label
     * @param bool $delete If TRUE, the version is created to delete the record.
     * @return int|null Returns the id of the new version (if any)
     * @see copyRecord()
     */
    public function versionizeRecord($table, $id, $label, $delete = false)
    {
        $id = (int)$id;
        // Stop any actions if the record is marked to be deleted:
        // (this can occur if IRRE elements are versionized and child elements are removed)
        if ($this->isElementToBeDeleted($table, $id)) {
            return null;
        }
        if (!$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table] || !$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS'] || $id <= 0) {
            $this->newlog('Versioning is not supported for this table "' . $table . '" / ' . $id, 1);
            return null;
        }

        // Fetch record with permission check
        $row = $this->recordInfoWithPermissionCheck($table, $id, 'show');

        // This checks if the record can be selected which is all that a copy action requires.
        if ($row === false) {
            $this->newlog(
                'The record does not exist or you don\'t have correct permissions to make a new version (copy) of this record "' . $table . ':' . $id . '"',
                1
            );
            return null;
        }

        // Record must be online record
        if ($row['pid'] < 0) {
            $this->newlog('Record "' . $table . ':' . $id . '" you wanted to versionize was already a version in archive (pid=-1)!', 1);
            return null;
        }

        // Record must not be placeholder for moving.
        if (VersionState::cast($row['t3ver_state'])->equals(VersionState::MOVE_PLACEHOLDER)) {
            $this->newlog('Record cannot be versioned because it is a placeholder for a moving operation', 1);
            return null;
        }

        if ($delete && $this->cannotDeleteRecord($table, $id)) {
            $this->newlog('Record cannot be deleted: ' . $this->cannotDeleteRecord($table, $id), 1);
            return null;
        }

        // Look for next version number:
        $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
        $this->addDeleteRestriction($queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll());
        $highestVerNumber = $queryBuilder
            ->select('t3ver_id')
            ->from($table)
            ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->orX(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->andX(
                    $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('pid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(-1, \PDO::PARAM_INT)),
                    $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('t3ver_oid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($id, \PDO::PARAM_INT))
                ),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('uid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($id, \PDO::PARAM_INT))
            ))
            ->orderBy('t3ver_id', 'DESC')
            ->setMaxResults(1)
            ->execute()
            ->fetchColumn(0);
        // Look for version number of the current:
        $subVer = $row['t3ver_id'] . '.' . ($highestVerNumber + 1);
        // Set up the values to override when making a raw-copy:
        $overrideArray = [
            't3ver_id' => $highestVerNumber + 1,
            't3ver_oid' => $id,
            't3ver_label' => $label ?: $subVer . ' / ' . date('d-m-Y H:m:s'),
            't3ver_label' => $label ?: $subVer . ' / ' . /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ date('d-m-Y H:m:s'),
            't3ver_wsid' => $this->BE_USER->workspace,
            't3ver_state' => (string)($delete ? new VersionState(VersionState::DELETE_PLACEHOLDER) : new VersionState(VersionState::DEFAULT_STATE)),
            't3ver_count' => 0,
            't3ver_stage' => 0,
            't3ver_tstamp' => 0
        ];
        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['editlock']) {
            $overrideArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['editlock']] = 0;
        }
        // Checking if the record already has a version in the current workspace of the backend user
        if ($this->BE_USER->workspace !== 0) {
            // Look for version already in workspace:
            $versionRecord = BackendUtility::getWorkspaceVersionOfRecord($this->BE_USER->workspace, $table, $id, 'uid');
        }
        // Create new version of the record and return the new uid
        if (empty($versionRecord['uid'])) {
            // Create raw-copy and return result:
            // The information of the label to be used for the workspace record
            // as well as the information whether the record shall be removed
            // must be forwarded (creating remove placeholders on a workspace are
            // done by copying the record and override several fields).
            $workspaceOptions = [
                'delete' => $delete,
                'label' => $label,
            ];
            return $this->copyRecord_raw($table, $id, -1, $overrideArray, $workspaceOptions);
        }
        // Reuse the existing record and return its uid
        // (prior to TYPO3 CMS 6.2, an error was thrown here, which
        // did not make much sense since the information is available)
        return $versionRecord['uid'];
    }

    /**
     * Swaps MM-relations for current/swap record, see version_swap()
     *
     * @param string $table Table for the two input records
     * @param int $id Current record (about to go offline)
     * @param int $swapWith Swap record (about to go online)
     * @see version_swap()
     */
    public function version_remapMMForVersionSwap($table, $id, $swapWith)
    {
        // Actually, selecting the records fully is only need if flexforms are found inside... This could be optimized ...
        $currentRec = BackendUtility::getRecord($table, $id);
        $swapRec = BackendUtility::getRecord($table, $swapWith);
        $this->version_remapMMForVersionSwap_reg = [];
        $flexFormTools = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FlexFormTools::class);
        foreach ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'] as $field => $fConf) {
            $conf = $fConf['config'];
            if ($this->isReferenceField($conf)) {
                $allowedTables = $conf['type'] === 'group' ? $conf['allowed'] : $conf['foreign_table'];
                $prependName = $conf['type'] === 'group' ? $conf['prepend_tname'] : '';
                if ($conf['MM']) {
                    /** @var $dbAnalysis RelationHandler */
                    $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
                    $dbAnalysis->start('', $allowedTables, $conf['MM'], $id, $table, $conf);
                    if (!empty($dbAnalysis->getValueArray($prependName))) {
                    if (!empty($dbAnalysis->getValueArray(/** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $prependName))) {
                        $this->version_remapMMForVersionSwap_reg[$id][$field] = [$dbAnalysis, $conf['MM'], $prependName];
                    }
                    /** @var $dbAnalysis RelationHandler */
                    $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
                    $dbAnalysis->start('', $allowedTables, $conf['MM'], $swapWith, $table, $conf);
                    if (!empty($dbAnalysis->getValueArray($prependName))) {
                        $this->version_remapMMForVersionSwap_reg[$swapWith][$field] = [$dbAnalysis, $conf['MM'], $prependName];
                    }
                }
            } elseif ($conf['type'] === 'flex') {
                // Current record
                $dataStructureIdentifier = $flexFormTools->getDataStructureIdentifier(
                    $fConf,
                    $table,
                    $field,
                    $currentRec
                );
                $dataStructureArray = $flexFormTools->parseDataStructureByIdentifier($dataStructureIdentifier);
                $currentValueArray = GeneralUtility::xml2array($currentRec[$field]);
                if (is_array($currentValueArray)) {
                    $this->checkValue_flex_procInData($currentValueArray['data'], [], [], $dataStructureArray, [$table, $id, $field], 'version_remapMMForVersionSwap_flexFormCallBack');
                }
                // Swap record
                $dataStructureIdentifier = $flexFormTools->getDataStructureIdentifier(
                    $fConf,
                    $table,
                    $field,
                    $swapRec
                );
                $dataStructureArray = $flexFormTools->parseDataStructureByIdentifier($dataStructureIdentifier);
                $currentValueArray = GeneralUtility::xml2array($swapRec[$field]);
                if (is_array($currentValueArray)) {
                    $this->checkValue_flex_procInData($currentValueArray['data'], [], [], $dataStructureArray, [$table, $swapWith, $field], 'version_remapMMForVersionSwap_flexFormCallBack');
                }
            }
        }
        // Execute:
        $this->version_remapMMForVersionSwap_execSwap($table, $id, $swapWith);
    }

    /**
     * Callback function for traversing the FlexForm structure in relation to ...
     *
     * @param array $pParams Array of parameters in num-indexes: table, uid, field
     * @param array $dsConf TCA field configuration (from Data Structure XML)
     * @param string $dataValue The value of the flexForm field
     * @param string $dataValue_ext1 Not used.
     * @param string $dataValue_ext2 Not used.
     * @param string $path Path in flexforms
     * @return array Result array with key "value" containing the value of the processing.
     * @see version_remapMMForVersionSwap(), checkValue_flex_procInData_travDS()
     */
    public function version_remapMMForVersionSwap_flexFormCallBack($pParams, $dsConf, $dataValue, $dataValue_ext1, $dataValue_ext2, $path)
    {
        // Extract parameters:
        list($table, $uid, $field) = $pParams;
        if ($this->isReferenceField($dsConf)) {
            $allowedTables = $dsConf['type'] === 'group' ? $dsConf['allowed'] : $dsConf['foreign_table'];
            $prependName = $dsConf['type'] === 'group' ? $dsConf['prepend_tname'] : '';
            if ($dsConf['MM']) {
                /** @var $dbAnalysis RelationHandler */
                $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
                $dbAnalysis->start('', $allowedTables, $dsConf['MM'], $uid, $table, $dsConf);
                $this->version_remapMMForVersionSwap_reg[$uid][$field . '/' . $path] = [$dbAnalysis, $dsConf['MM'], $prependName];
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Performing the remapping operations found necessary in version_remapMMForVersionSwap()
     * It must be done in three steps with an intermediate "fake" uid. The UID can be something else than -$id (fx. 9999999+$id if you dare... :-)- as long as it is unique.
     *
     * @param string $table Table for the two input records
     * @param int $id Current record (about to go offline)
     * @param int $swapWith Swap record (about to go online)
     * @see version_remapMMForVersionSwap()
     */
    public function version_remapMMForVersionSwap_execSwap($table, $id, $swapWith)
    {
        if (is_array($this->version_remapMMForVersionSwap_reg[$id])) {
            foreach ($this->version_remapMMForVersionSwap_reg[$id] as $field => $str) {
                $str[0]->remapMM($str[1], $id, -$id, $str[2]);
            }
        }
        if (is_array($this->version_remapMMForVersionSwap_reg[$swapWith])) {
            foreach ($this->version_remapMMForVersionSwap_reg[$swapWith] as $field => $str) {
                $str[0]->remapMM($str[1], $swapWith, $id, $str[2]);
            }
        }
        if (is_array($this->version_remapMMForVersionSwap_reg[$id])) {
            foreach ($this->version_remapMMForVersionSwap_reg[$id] as $field => $str) {
                $str[0]->remapMM($str[1], -$id, $swapWith, $str[2]);
            }
        }
    }

    /*********************************************
     *
     * Cmd: Helper functions
     *
     ********************************************/

    /**
     * Returns an instance of DataHandler for handling local datamaps/cmdmaps
     *
     * @return DataHandler
     */
    protected function getLocalTCE()
    {
        $copyTCE = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(__CLASS__);
        $copyTCE->copyTree = $this->copyTree;
        $copyTCE->enableLogging = $this->enableLogging;
        // Copy forth the cached TSconfig
        $copyTCE->cachedTSconfig = $this->cachedTSconfig;
        // Transformations should NOT be carried out during copy
        $copyTCE->dontProcessTransformations = true;
        // make sure the isImporting flag is transferred, so all hooks know if
        // the current process is an import process
        $copyTCE->isImporting = $this->isImporting;
        return $copyTCE;
    }

    /**
     * Processes the fields with references as registered during the copy process. This includes all FlexForm fields which had references.
     */
    public function remapListedDBRecords()
    {
        if (!empty($this->registerDBList)) {
            $flexFormTools = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FlexFormTools::class);
            foreach ($this->registerDBList as $table => $records) {
                foreach ($records as $uid => $fields) {
                    $newData = [];
                    $theUidToUpdate = $this->copyMappingArray_merged[$table][$uid];
                    $theUidToUpdate_saveTo = BackendUtility::wsMapId($table, $theUidToUpdate);
                    foreach ($fields as $fieldName => $value) {
                        $conf = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$fieldName]['config'];
                        switch ($conf['type']) {
                            case 'group':
                            case 'select':
                                $vArray = $this->remapListedDBRecords_procDBRefs($conf, $value, $theUidToUpdate, $table);
                                if (is_array($vArray)) {
                                    $newData[$fieldName] = implode(',', $vArray);
                                }
                                break;
                            case 'flex':
                                if ($value === 'FlexForm_reference') {
                                    // This will fetch the new row for the element
                                    $origRecordRow = $this->recordInfo($table, $theUidToUpdate, '*');
                                    if (is_array($origRecordRow)) {
                                        BackendUtility::workspaceOL($table, $origRecordRow);
                                        // Get current data structure and value array:
                                        $dataStructureIdentifier = $flexFormTools->getDataStructureIdentifier(
                                            [ 'config' => $conf ],
                                            $table,
                                            $fieldName,
                                            $origRecordRow
                                        );
                                        $dataStructureArray = $flexFormTools->parseDataStructureByIdentifier($dataStructureIdentifier);
                                        $currentValueArray = GeneralUtility::xml2array($origRecordRow[$fieldName]);
                                        // Do recursive processing of the XML data:
                                        $currentValueArray['data'] = $this->checkValue_flex_procInData($currentValueArray['data'], [], [], $dataStructureArray, [$table, $theUidToUpdate, $fieldName], 'remapListedDBRecords_flexFormCallBack');
                                        // The return value should be compiled back into XML, ready to insert directly in the field (as we call updateDB() directly later):
                                        if (is_array($currentValueArray['data'])) {
                                            $newData[$fieldName] = $this->checkValue_flexArray2Xml($currentValueArray, true);
                                            $newData[$fieldName] = $this->checkValue_flexArray2Xml(/** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $currentValueArray, true);
                                        }
                                    }
                                }
                                break;
                            case 'inline':
                                $this->remapListedDBRecords_procInline($conf, $value, $uid, $table);
                                break;
                            default:
                                $this->logger->debug('Field type should not appear here: ' . $conf['type']);
                        }
                    }
                    // If any fields were changed, those fields are updated!
                    if (!empty($newData)) {
                        $this->updateDB($table, $theUidToUpdate_saveTo, $newData);
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Callback function for traversing the FlexForm structure in relation to creating copied files of file relations inside of flex form structures.
     *
     * @param array $pParams Set of parameters in numeric array: table, uid, field
     * @param array $dsConf TCA config for field (from Data Structure of course)
     * @param string $dataValue Field value (from FlexForm XML)
     * @param string $dataValue_ext1 Not used
     * @param string $dataValue_ext2 Not used
     * @return array Array where the "value" key carries the value.
     * @see checkValue_flex_procInData_travDS(), remapListedDBRecords()
     */
    public function remapListedDBRecords_flexFormCallBack($pParams, $dsConf, $dataValue, $dataValue_ext1, $dataValue_ext2)
    {
        // Extract parameters:
        list($table, $uid, $field) = $pParams;
        // If references are set for this field, set flag so they can be corrected later:
        if ($this->isReferenceField($dsConf) && (string)$dataValue !== '') {
            $vArray = $this->remapListedDBRecords_procDBRefs($dsConf, $dataValue, $uid, $table);
            if (is_array($vArray)) {
                $dataValue = implode(',', $vArray);
            }
        }
        // Return
        return ['value' => $dataValue];
    }

    /**
     * Performs remapping of old UID values to NEW uid values for a DB reference field.
     *
     * @param array $conf TCA field config
     * @param string $value Field value
     * @param int $MM_localUid UID of local record (for MM relations - might need to change if support for FlexForms should be done!)
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @return array|null Returns array of items ready to implode for field content.
     * @see remapListedDBRecords()
     */
    public function remapListedDBRecords_procDBRefs($conf, $value, $MM_localUid, $table)
    {
        // Initialize variables
        // Will be set TRUE if an upgrade should be done...
        $set = false;
        // Allowed tables for references.
        $allowedTables = $conf['type'] === 'group' ? $conf['allowed'] : $conf['foreign_table'];
        // Table name to prepend the UID
        $prependName = $conf['type'] === 'group' ? $conf['prepend_tname'] : '';
        // Which tables that should possibly not be remapped
        $dontRemapTables = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $conf['dontRemapTablesOnCopy'], true);
        // Convert value to list of references:
        $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
        $dbAnalysis->registerNonTableValues = $conf['type'] === 'select' && $conf['allowNonIdValues'];
        $dbAnalysis->start($value, $allowedTables, $conf['MM'], $MM_localUid, $table, $conf);
        // Traverse those references and map IDs:
        foreach ($dbAnalysis->itemArray as $k => $v) {
            $mapID = $this->copyMappingArray_merged[$v['table']][$v['id']];
            if ($mapID && !in_array($v['table'], $dontRemapTables, true)) {
                $dbAnalysis->itemArray[$k]['id'] = $mapID;
                $set = true;
            }
        }
        if (!empty($conf['MM'])) {
            // Purge invalid items (live/version)
            $dbAnalysis->purgeItemArray();
            if ($dbAnalysis->isPurged()) {
                $set = true;
            }

            // If record has been versioned/copied in this process, handle invalid relations of the live record
            $liveId = BackendUtility::getLiveVersionIdOfRecord($table, $MM_localUid);
            $originalId = 0;
            if (!empty($this->copyMappingArray_merged[$table])) {
                $originalId = array_search($MM_localUid, $this->copyMappingArray_merged[$table]);
            }
            if (!empty($liveId) && !empty($originalId) && (int)$liveId === (int)$originalId) {
                $liveRelations = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
                $liveRelations->setWorkspaceId(0);
                $liveRelations->start('', $allowedTables, $conf['MM'], $liveId, $table, $conf);
                // Purge invalid relations in the live workspace ("0")
                $liveRelations->purgeItemArray(0);
                if ($liveRelations->isPurged()) {
                    $liveRelations->writeMM($conf['MM'], $liveId, $prependName);
                }
            }
        }
        // If a change has been done, set the new value(s)
        if ($set) {
            if ($conf['MM']) {
                $dbAnalysis->writeMM($conf['MM'], $MM_localUid, $prependName);
                $dbAnalysis->writeMM($conf['MM'], $MM_localUid, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $prependName);
            } else {
                return $dbAnalysis->getValueArray($prependName);
                return $dbAnalysis->getValueArray(/** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $prependName);
            }
        }
        return null;
    }

    /**
     * Performs remapping of old UID values to NEW uid values for an inline field.
     *
     * @param array $conf TCA field config
     * @param string $value Field value
     * @param int $uid The uid of the ORIGINAL record
     * @param string $table Table name
     */
    public function remapListedDBRecords_procInline($conf, $value, $uid, $table)
    {
        $theUidToUpdate = $this->copyMappingArray_merged[$table][$uid];
        if ($conf['foreign_table']) {
            $inlineType = $this->getInlineFieldType($conf);
            if ($inlineType === 'mm') {
                $this->remapListedDBRecords_procDBRefs($conf, $value, $theUidToUpdate, $table);
            } elseif ($inlineType !== false) {
                /** @var $dbAnalysis RelationHandler */
                $dbAnalysis = $this->createRelationHandlerInstance();
                $dbAnalysis->start($value, $conf['foreign_table'], '', 0, $table, $conf);

                // Keep original (live) item array and update values for specific versioned records
                $originalItemArray = $dbAnalysis->itemArray;
                foreach ($dbAnalysis->itemArray as &$item) {
                    $versionedId = $this->getAutoVersionId($item['table'], $item['id']);
                    if (!empty($versionedId)) {
                        $item['id'] = $versionedId;
                    }
                }

                // Update child records if using pointer fields ('foreign_field'):
                if ($inlineType === 'field') {
                    $dbAnalysis->writeForeignField($conf, $uid, $theUidToUpdate);
                }
                $thePidToUpdate = null;
                // If the current field is set on a page record, update the pid of related child records:
                if ($table === 'pages') {
                    $thePidToUpdate = $theUidToUpdate;
                } elseif (isset($this->registerDBPids[$table][$uid])) {
                    $thePidToUpdate = $this->registerDBPids[$table][$uid];
                    $thePidToUpdate = $this->copyMappingArray_merged['pages'][$thePidToUpdate];
                }

                // Update child records if change to pid is required (only if the current record is not on a workspace):
                if ($thePidToUpdate) {
                    // Ensure that only the default language page is used as PID
                    $thePidToUpdate = $this->getDefaultLanguagePageId($thePidToUpdate);
                    // ensure, only live page ids are used as 'pid' values
                    $liveId = BackendUtility::getLiveVersionIdOfRecord('pages', $theUidToUpdate);
                    if ($liveId !== null) {
                        $thePidToUpdate = $liveId;
                    }
                    $updateValues = ['pid' => $thePidToUpdate];
                    foreach ($originalItemArray as $v) {
                        if ($v['id'] && $v['table'] && is_null(BackendUtility::getLiveVersionIdOfRecord($v['table'], $v['id']))) {
                            GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
                                ->getConnectionForTable($v['table'])
                                ->update($v['table'], $updateValues, ['uid' => (int)$v['id']]);
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Processes the $this->remapStack at the end of copying, inserting, etc. actions.
     * The remapStack takes care about the correct mapping of new and old uids in case of relational data.
     */
    public function processRemapStack()
    {
        // Processes the remap stack:
        if (is_array($this->remapStack)) {
            $remapFlexForms = [];
            $hookPayload = [];

            foreach ($this->remapStack as $remapAction) {
                // If no position index for the arguments was set, skip this remap action:
                if (!is_array($remapAction['pos'])) {
                    continue;
                }
                // Load values from the argument array in remapAction:
                $field = $remapAction['field'];
                $id = $remapAction['args'][$remapAction['pos']['id']];
                $rawId = $id;
                $table = $remapAction['args'][$remapAction['pos']['table']];
                $valueArray = $remapAction['args'][$remapAction['pos']['valueArray']];
                $tcaFieldConf = $remapAction['args'][$remapAction['pos']['tcaFieldConf']];
                $additionalData = $remapAction['additionalData'];
                // The record is new and has one or more new ids (in case of versioning/workspaces):
                if (strpos($id, 'NEW') !== false) {
                    // Replace NEW...-ID with real uid:
                    $id = $this->substNEWwithIDs[$id];
                    // If the new parent record is on a non-live workspace or versionized, it has another new id:
                    if (isset($this->autoVersionIdMap[$table][$id])) {
                        $id = $this->autoVersionIdMap[$table][$id];
                    }
                    $remapAction['args'][$remapAction['pos']['id']] = $id;
                }
                // Replace relations to NEW...-IDs in field value (uids of child records):
                if (is_array($valueArray)) {
                    foreach ($valueArray as $key => $value) {
                        if (strpos($value, 'NEW') !== false) {
                            if (strpos($value, '_') === false) {
                                $affectedTable = $tcaFieldConf['foreign_table'];
                                $prependTable = false;
                            } else {
                                $parts = explode('_', $value);
                                $value = array_pop($parts);
                                $affectedTable = implode('_', $parts);
                                $prependTable = true;
                            }
                            $value = $this->substNEWwithIDs[$value];
                            // The record is new, but was also auto-versionized and has another new id:
                            if (isset($this->autoVersionIdMap[$affectedTable][$value])) {
                                $value = $this->autoVersionIdMap[$affectedTable][$value];
                            }
                            if ($prependTable) {
                                $value = $affectedTable . '_' . $value;
                            }
                            // Set a hint that this was a new child record:
                            $this->newRelatedIDs[$affectedTable][] = $value;
                            $valueArray[$key] = $value;
                        }
                    }
                    $remapAction['args'][$remapAction['pos']['valueArray']] = $valueArray;
                }
                // Process the arguments with the defined function:
                if (!empty($remapAction['func'])) {
                    $newValue = call_user_func_array([$this, $remapAction['func']], $remapAction['args']);
                }
                // If array is returned, check for maxitems condition, if string is returned this was already done:
                if (is_array($newValue)) {

                    $newValue = implode(',', $this->checkValue_checkMax($tcaFieldConf, $newValue));
                    // The reference casting is only required if
                    // checkValue_group_select_processDBdata() returns an array
                    $newValue = $this->castReferenceValue($newValue, $tcaFieldConf);
                }
                // Update in database (list of children (csv) or number of relations (foreign_field)):
                if (!empty($field)) {
                    $fieldArray = [$field => $newValue];
                    if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['tstamp']) {
                        $fieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['tstamp']] = $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'];
                    }
                    $this->updateDB($table, $id, $fieldArray);
                } elseif (!empty($additionalData['flexFormId']) && !empty($additionalData['flexFormPath'])) {
                    // Collect data to update FlexForms
                    $flexFormId = $additionalData['flexFormId'];
                    $flexFormPath = $additionalData['flexFormPath'];

                    if (!isset($remapFlexForms[$flexFormId])) {
                        $remapFlexForms[$flexFormId] = [];
                    }

                    $remapFlexForms[$flexFormId][$flexFormPath] = $newValue;
                }

                // Collect elements that shall trigger processDatamap_afterDatabaseOperations
                if (isset($this->remapStackRecords[$table][$rawId]['processDatamap_afterDatabaseOperations'])) {
                    $hookArgs = $this->remapStackRecords[$table][$rawId]['processDatamap_afterDatabaseOperations'];
                    if (!isset($hookPayload[$table][$rawId])) {
                        $hookPayload[$table][$rawId] = [
                            'status' => $hookArgs['status'],
                            'fieldArray' => $hookArgs['fieldArray'],
                            'hookObjects' => $hookArgs['hookObjectsArr'],
                        ];
                    }
                    $hookPayload[$table][$rawId]['fieldArray'][$field] = $newValue;
                }
            }

            if ($remapFlexForms) {

                foreach ($remapFlexForms as $flexFormId => $modifications) {
                    $this->updateFlexFormData($flexFormId, $modifications);
                }
            }

            foreach ($hookPayload as $tableName => $rawIdPayload) {
                foreach ($rawIdPayload as $rawId => $payload) {
                    foreach ($payload['hookObjects'] as $hookObject) {
                        if (!method_exists($hookObject, 'processDatamap_afterDatabaseOperations')) {
                            continue;
                        }
                        $hookObject->processDatamap_afterDatabaseOperations(
                            $payload['status'],
                            $tableName,
                            $rawId,
                            $payload['fieldArray'],
                            $this
                        );
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        // Processes the remap stack actions:
        if ($this->remapStackActions) {

            foreach ($this->remapStackActions as $action) {
                if (isset($action['callback']) && isset($action['arguments'])) {
                    call_user_func_array($action['callback'], $action['arguments']);
                }
            }
        }
        // Processes the reference index updates of the remap stack:
        foreach ($this->remapStackRefIndex as $table => $idArray) {
            foreach ($idArray as $id) {
                $this->updateRefIndex($table, $id);
                unset($this->remapStackRefIndex[$table][$id]);
            }
        }
        // Reset:
        $this->remapStack = [];
        $this->remapStackRecords = [];
        $this->remapStackActions = [];
        $this->remapStackRefIndex = [];
    }

    /**
     * Updates FlexForm data.
     *
     * @param string $flexFormId, e.g. <table>:<uid>:<field>
     * @param array $modifications Modifications with paths and values (e.g. 'sDEF/lDEV/field/vDEF' => 'TYPO3')
     */
    protected function updateFlexFormData($flexFormId, array $modifications)
    {
        list($table, $uid, $field) = explode(':', $flexFormId, 3);

        if (!MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($uid) && !empty($this->substNEWwithIDs[$uid])) {
            $uid = $this->substNEWwithIDs[$uid];
        }

        $record = $this->recordInfo($table, $uid, '*');

        if (!$table || !$uid || !$field || !is_array($record)) {
            return;
        }

        BackendUtility::workspaceOL($table, $record);

        // Get current data structure and value array:
        $valueStructure = GeneralUtility::xml2array($record[$field]);

        // Do recursive processing of the XML data:
        foreach ($modifications as $path => $value) {
            $valueStructure['data'] = ArrayUtility::setValueByPath(
                $valueStructure['data'],
                $path,
                $value
            );
        }

        if (is_array($valueStructure['data'])) {
            // The return value should be compiled back into XML
            $values = [
                $field => $this->checkValue_flexArray2Xml($valueStructure, true),
                $field => $this->checkValue_flexArray2Xml(/** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $valueStructure, true),
            ];

            $this->updateDB($table, $uid, $values);
        }
    }

    /**
     * Triggers a remap action for a specific record.
     *
     * Some records are post-processed by the processRemapStack() method (e.g. IRRE children).
     * This method determines whether an action/modification is executed directly to a record
     * or is postponed to happen after remapping data.
     *
     * @param string $table Name of the table
     * @param string $id Id of the record (can also be a "NEW..." string)
     * @param array $callback The method to be called
     * @param array $arguments The arguments to be submitted to the callback method
     * @param bool $forceRemapStackActions Whether to force to use the stack
     * @see processRemapStack
     */
    protected function triggerRemapAction($table, $id, array $callback, array $arguments, $forceRemapStackActions = false)
    {
        // Check whether the affected record is marked to be remapped:
        if (!$forceRemapStackActions && !isset($this->remapStackRecords[$table][$id]) && !isset($this->remapStackChildIds[$id])) {
            call_user_func_array($callback, $arguments);
        } else {
            $this->addRemapAction($table, $id, $callback, $arguments);
            $this->addRemapAction($table, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $id, $callback, $arguments);
        }
    }

    /**
     * Adds an instruction to the remap action stack (used with IRRE).
     *
     * @param string $table The affected table
     * @param int $id The affected ID
     * @param array $callback The callback information (object and method)
     * @param array $arguments The arguments to be used with the callback
     */
    public function addRemapAction($table, $id, array $callback, array $arguments)
    {
        $this->remapStackActions[] = [
            'affects' => [
                'table' => $table,
                'id' => $id
            ],
            'callback' => $callback,
            'arguments' => $arguments
        ];
    }

    /**
     * Adds a table-id-pair to the reference index remapping stack.
     *
     * @param string $table
     * @param int $id
     */
    public function addRemapStackRefIndex($table, $id)
    {
        $this->remapStackRefIndex[$table][$id] = $id;
    }

    /**
     * If a parent record was versionized on a workspace in $this->process_datamap,
     * it might be possible, that child records (e.g. on using IRRE) were affected.
     * This function finds these relations and updates their uids in the $incomingFieldArray.
     * The $incomingFieldArray is updated by reference!
     *
     * @param string $table Table name of the parent record
     * @param int $id Uid of the parent record
     * @param array $incomingFieldArray Reference to the incomingFieldArray of process_datamap
     * @param array $registerDBList Reference to the $registerDBList array that was created/updated by versionizing calls to DataHandler in process_datamap.
     */
    public function getVersionizedIncomingFieldArray($table, $id, &$incomingFieldArray, &$registerDBList)
    {
        if (is_array($registerDBList[$table][$id])) {
            foreach ($incomingFieldArray as $field => $value) {
                $fieldConf = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$field]['config'];
                if ($registerDBList[$table][$id][$field] && ($foreignTable = $fieldConf['foreign_table'])) {
                    $newValueArray = [];
                    $origValueArray = explode(',', $value);
                    // Update the uids of the copied records, but also take care about new records:
                    foreach ($origValueArray as $childId) {
                        $newValueArray[] = $this->autoVersionIdMap[$foreignTable][$childId] ? $this->autoVersionIdMap[$foreignTable][$childId] : $childId;
                    }
                    // Set the changed value to the $incomingFieldArray
                    $incomingFieldArray[$field] = implode(',', $newValueArray);
                }
            }
            // Clean up the $registerDBList array:
            unset($registerDBList[$table][$id]);
            if (empty($registerDBList[$table])) {
                unset($registerDBList[$table]);
            }
        }
    }

    /*****************************
     *
     * Access control / Checking functions
     *
     *****************************/
    /**
     * Checking group modify_table access list
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @return bool Returns TRUE if the user has general access to modify the $table
     */
    public function checkModifyAccessList($table)
    {
        $res = $this->admin || !$this->tableAdminOnly($table) && GeneralUtility::inList($this->BE_USER->groupData['tables_modify'], $table);
        // Hook 'checkModifyAccessList': Post-processing of the state of access
        foreach ($this->getCheckModifyAccessListHookObjects() as $hookObject) {
            /** @var $hookObject DataHandlerCheckModifyAccessListHookInterface */
            $hookObject->checkModifyAccessList($res, $table, $this);
        }
        return $res;
    }

    /**
     * Checking if a record with uid $id from $table is in the BE_USERS webmounts which is required for editing etc.
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id UID of record
     * @return bool Returns TRUE if OK. Cached results.
     */
    public function isRecordInWebMount($table, $id)
    {
        if (!isset($this->isRecordInWebMount_Cache[$table . ':' . $id])) {
            $recP = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $id);
            $this->isRecordInWebMount_Cache[$table . ':' . $id] = $this->isInWebMount($recP['event_pid']);
        }
        return $this->isRecordInWebMount_Cache[$table . ':' . $id];
    }

    /**
     * Checks if the input page ID is in the BE_USER webmounts
     *
     * @param int $pid Page ID to check
     * @return bool TRUE if OK. Cached results.
     */
    public function isInWebMount($pid)
    {
        if (!isset($this->isInWebMount_Cache[$pid])) {
            $this->isInWebMount_Cache[$pid] = $this->BE_USER->isInWebMount($pid);
        }
        return $this->isInWebMount_Cache[$pid];
    }

    /**
     * Checks if user may update a record with uid=$id from $table
     *
     * @param string $table Record table
     * @param int $id Record UID
     * @param array|bool $data Record data
     * @param array $hookObjectsArr Hook objects
     * @return bool Returns TRUE if the user may update the record given by $table and $id
     */
    public function checkRecordUpdateAccess($table, $id, $data = false, $hookObjectsArr = null)
    {
        $res = null;
        if (is_array($hookObjectsArr)) {
            foreach ($hookObjectsArr as $hookObj) {
                if (method_exists($hookObj, 'checkRecordUpdateAccess')) {
                    $res = $hookObj->checkRecordUpdateAccess($table, $id, $data, $res, $this);
                }
            }
            if (isset($res)) {
                return (bool)$res;
            }
        }
        $res = false;

        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table] && (int)$id > 0) {
            // If information is cached, return it
            if (isset($this->recUpdateAccessCache[$table][$id])) {
                return $this->recUpdateAccessCache[$table][$id];
            }
            // permissions check for page translations need to be done on the parent page
            if ($table === 'pages') {
                $defaultLanguagePageId = $this->getDefaultLanguagePageId($id);
                $res = $this->doesRecordExist($table, $defaultLanguagePageId, 'edit');
            } else {
                $res = $this->doesRecordExist($table, $id, 'edit');
            }
            // Cache the result
            $this->recUpdateAccessCache[$table][$id] = $res;
        }
        return $res;
    }

    /**
     * Checks if user may insert a record from $insertTable on $pid
     * Does not check for workspace, use BE_USER->workspaceAllowLiveRecordsInPID for this in addition to this function call.
     *
     * @param string $insertTable Tablename to check
     * @param int $pid Integer PID
     * @param int $action For logging: Action number.
     * @return bool Returns TRUE if the user may insert a record from table $insertTable on page $pid
     */
    public function checkRecordInsertAccess($insertTable, $pid, $action = 1)
    {
        $pid = (int)$pid;
        if ($pid < 0) {
            return false;
        }
        // If information is cached, return it
        if (isset($this->recInsertAccessCache[$insertTable][$pid])) {
            return $this->recInsertAccessCache[$insertTable][$pid];
        }

        $res = false;
        if ($insertTable === 'pages') {
            $perms = $this->pMap['new'];
        } elseif (($insertTable === 'sys_file_reference') && array_key_exists('pages', $this->datamap)) {
            // @todo: find a more generic way to handle content relations of a page (without needing content editing access to that page)
            $perms = $this->pMap['edit'];
        } else {
            $perms = $this->pMap['editcontent'];
        }
        $pageExists = (bool)$this->doesRecordExist('pages', $pid, $perms);
        // If either admin and root-level or if page record exists and 1) if 'pages' you may create new ones 2) if page-content, new content items may be inserted on the $pid page
        if ($pageExists || $pid === 0 && ($this->admin || BackendUtility::isRootLevelRestrictionIgnored($insertTable))) {
            // Check permissions
            if ($this->isTableAllowedForThisPage($pid, $insertTable)) {
                $res = true;
                // Cache the result
                $this->recInsertAccessCache[$insertTable][$pid] = $res;
            } elseif ($this->enableLogging) {
                $propArr = $this->getRecordProperties('pages', $pid);
                $this->log($insertTable, $pid, $action, 0, 1, 'Attempt to insert record on page \'%s\' (%s) where this table, %s, is not allowed', 11, [$propArr['header'], $pid, $insertTable], $propArr['event_pid']);
            }
        } elseif ($this->enableLogging) {
            $propArr = $this->getRecordProperties('pages', $pid);
            $this->log($insertTable, $pid, $action, 0, 1, 'Attempt to insert a record on page \'%s\' (%s) from table \'%s\' without permissions. Or non-existing page.', 12, [$propArr['header'], $pid, $insertTable], $propArr['event_pid']);
        }
        return $res;
    }

    /**
     * Checks if a table is allowed on a certain page id according to allowed tables set for the page "doktype" and its [ctrl][rootLevel]-settings if any.
     *
     * @param int $page_uid Page id for which to check, including 0 (zero) if checking for page tree root.
     * @param string $checkTable Table name to check
     * @return bool TRUE if OK
     */
    public function isTableAllowedForThisPage($page_uid, $checkTable)
    {
        $page_uid = (int)$page_uid;
        $rootLevelSetting = (int)$GLOBALS['TCA'][$checkTable]['ctrl']['rootLevel'];
        // Check if rootLevel flag is set and we're trying to insert on rootLevel - and reversed - and that the table is not "pages" which are allowed anywhere.
        if ($checkTable !== 'pages' && $rootLevelSetting !== -1 && ($rootLevelSetting xor !$page_uid)) {
            return false;
        }
        $allowed = false;
        // Check root-level
        if (!$page_uid) {
            if ($this->admin || BackendUtility::isRootLevelRestrictionIgnored($checkTable)) {
                $allowed = true;
            }
        } else {
            // Check non-root-level
            $doktype = $this->pageInfo($page_uid, 'doktype');
            $allowedTableList = isset($GLOBALS['PAGES_TYPES'][$doktype]['allowedTables'])
                ? $GLOBALS['PAGES_TYPES'][$doktype]['allowedTables']
                : $GLOBALS['PAGES_TYPES']['default']['allowedTables'];
            $allowedArray = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $allowedTableList, true);
            // If all tables or the table is listed as an allowed type, return TRUE
            if (strpos($allowedTableList, '*') !== false || in_array($checkTable, $allowedArray, true)) {
                $allowed = true;
            }
        }
        return $allowed;
    }

    /**
     * Checks if record can be selected based on given permission criteria
     *
     * @param string $table Record table name
     * @param int $id Record UID
     * @param int|string $perms Permission restrictions to observe: Either an integer that will be bitwise AND'ed or a string, which points to a key in the ->pMap array
     * @return bool Returns TRUE if the record given by $table, $id and $perms can be selected
     *
     * @throws \RuntimeException
     */
    public function doesRecordExist($table, $id, $perms)
    {
        return $this->recordInfoWithPermissionCheck($table, $id, $perms, 'uid, pid') !== false;
    }

    /**
     * Looks up a page based on permissions.
     *
     * @param int $id Page id
     * @param int $perms Permission integer
     * @param array $columns Columns to select
     * @return bool|array
     * @access private
     * @see doesRecordExist()
     */
    protected function doesRecordExist_pageLookUp($id, $perms, $columns = ['uid'])
    {
        $cacheId = md5('doesRecordExist_pageLookUp' . '_' . $id . '_' . $perms . '_' . implode(
            '_',
                $columns
        ) . '_' . (string)$this->admin);

        // If result is cached, return it
        $cachedResult = $this->runtimeCache->get($cacheId);
        if (!empty($cachedResult)) {
            return $cachedResult;
        }

        $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable('pages');
        $this->addDeleteRestriction($queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll());
        $queryBuilder
            ->select(...$columns)
            ->from('pages')
            ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                'uid',
                $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($id, \PDO::PARAM_INT)
            ));
        if ($perms && !$this->admin) {
            $queryBuilder->andWhere($this->BE_USER->getPagePermsClause($perms));
        }
        if (!$this->admin && $GLOBALS['TCA']['pages']['ctrl']['editlock'] &&
            $perms & Permission::PAGE_EDIT + Permission::PAGE_DELETE + Permission::CONTENT_EDIT
        ) {
            $queryBuilder->andWhere($queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                $GLOBALS['TCA']['pages']['ctrl']['editlock'],
                $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(0, \PDO::PARAM_INT)
            ));
        }

        $row = $queryBuilder->execute()->fetch();
        $this->runtimeCache->set($cacheId, $row);

        return $row;
    }

    /**
     * Checks if a whole branch of pages exists
     *
     * Tests the branch under $pid like doesRecordExist(), but it doesn't test the page with $pid as uid - use doesRecordExist() for this purpose.
     * If $recurse is set, the function will follow subpages. This MUST be set, if we need the id-list for deleting pages or else we get an incomplete list
     *
     * @param string $inList List of page uids, this is added to and returned in the end
     * @param int $pid Page ID to select subpages from.
     * @param int $perms Perms integer to check each page record for.
     * @param bool $recurse Recursion flag: If set, it will go out through the branch.
     * @return string|int List of page IDs in branch, if there are subpages, empty string if there are none or -1 if no permission
     */
    public function doesBranchExist($inList, $pid, $perms, $recurse)
    {
        $pid = (int)$pid;
        $perms = (int)$perms;
        if ($pid >= 0) {
            $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable('pages');
            $this->addDeleteRestriction($queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll());
            $result = $queryBuilder
                ->select('uid', 'perms_userid', 'perms_groupid', 'perms_user', 'perms_group', 'perms_everybody')
                ->from('pages')
                ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq('pid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($pid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)))
                ->orderBy('sorting')
                ->execute();
            while ($row = $result->fetch()) {
                // IF admin, then it's OK
                if ($this->admin || $this->BE_USER->doesUserHaveAccess($row, $perms)) {
                    $inList .= $row['uid'] . ',';
                    if ($recurse) {
                        // Follow the subpages recursively...
                        $inList = $this->doesBranchExist($inList, $row['uid'], $perms, $recurse);
                        if ($inList === -1) {
                            return -1;
                        }
                    }
                } else {
                    // No permissions
                    return -1;
                }
            }
        }
        return $inList;
    }

    /**
     * Checks if the $table is readOnly
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @return bool TRUE, if readonly
     */
    public function tableReadOnly($table)
    {
        // Returns TRUE if table is readonly
        return (bool)$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['readOnly'];
    }

    /**
     * Checks if the $table is only editable by admin-users
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @return bool TRUE, if readonly
     */
    public function tableAdminOnly($table)
    {
        // Returns TRUE if table is admin-only
        return (bool)$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['adminOnly'];
    }

    /**
     * Checks if page $id is a uid in the rootline of page id $destinationId
     * Used when moving a page
     *
     * @param int $destinationId Destination Page ID to test
     * @param int $id Page ID to test for presence inside Destination
     * @return bool Returns FALSE if ID is inside destination (including equal to)
     */
    public function destNotInsideSelf($destinationId, $id)
    {
        $loopCheck = 100;
        $destinationId = (int)$destinationId;
        $id = (int)$id;
        if ($destinationId === $id) {
            return false;
        }
        while ($destinationId !== 0 && $loopCheck > 0) {
            $loopCheck--;
            $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable('pages');
            $this->addDeleteRestriction($queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll());
            $result = $queryBuilder
                ->select('pid', 'uid', 't3ver_oid', 't3ver_wsid')
                ->from('pages')
                ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq('uid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($destinationId, \PDO::PARAM_INT)))
                ->execute();
            if ($row = $result->fetch()) {
                BackendUtility::fixVersioningPid('pages', $row);
                if ($row['pid'] == $id) {
                    return false;
                }
                $destinationId = (int)$row['pid'];
            } else {
                return false;
            }
        }
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * Generate an array of fields to be excluded from editing for the user. Based on "exclude"-field in TCA and a look up in non_exclude_fields
     * Will also generate this list for admin-users so they must be check for before calling the function
     *
     * @return array Array of [table]-[field] pairs to exclude from editing.
     */
    public function getExcludeListArray()
    {
        $list = [];
        $nonExcludeFieldsArray = array_flip(GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $this->BE_USER->groupData['non_exclude_fields']));
        foreach ($GLOBALS['TCA'] as $table => $tableConfiguration) {
            if (isset($tableConfiguration['columns'])) {
                foreach ($tableConfiguration['columns'] as $field => $config) {
                    if ($config['exclude'] && !isset($nonExcludeFieldsArray[$table . ':' . $field])) {
                        $list[] = $table . '-' . $field;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        return $list;
    }

    /**
     * Checks if there are records on a page from tables that are not allowed
     *
     * @param int $page_uid Page ID
     * @param int $doktype Page doktype
     * @return bool|array Returns a list of the tables that are 'present' on the page but not allowed with the page_uid/doktype
     */
    public function doesPageHaveUnallowedTables($page_uid, $doktype)
    {
        $page_uid = (int)$page_uid;
        if (!$page_uid) {
            // Not a number. Probably a new page
            return false;
        }
        $allowedTableList = $GLOBALS['PAGES_TYPES'][$doktype]['allowedTables'] ?? $GLOBALS['PAGES_TYPES']['default']['allowedTables'];
        // If all tables are allowed, return early
        if (strpos($allowedTableList, '*') !== false) {
            return false;
        }
        $allowedArray = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $allowedTableList, true);
        $tableList = [];
        $allTableNames = $this->compileAdminTables();
        foreach ($allTableNames as $table) {
            // If the table is not in the allowed list, check if there are records...
            if (in_array($table, $allowedArray, true)) {
                continue;
            }
            $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
            $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll();
            $count = $queryBuilder
                ->count('uid')
                ->from($table)
                ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                    'pid',
                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($page_uid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                ))
                ->execute()
                ->fetchColumn(0);
            if ($count) {
                $tableList[] = $table;
            }
        }
        return implode(',', $tableList);
    }

    /*****************************
     *
     * Information lookup
     *
     *****************************/
    /**
     * Returns the value of the $field from page $id
     * NOTICE; the function caches the result for faster delivery next time. You can use this function repeatedly without performance loss since it doesn't look up the same record twice!
     *
     * @param int $id Page uid
     * @param string $field Field name for which to return value
     * @return string Value of the field. Result is cached in $this->pageCache[$id][$field] and returned from there next time!
     */
    public function pageInfo($id, $field)
    {
        if (!isset($this->pageCache[$id])) {
            $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable('pages');
            $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll();
            $row = $queryBuilder
                ->select('*')
                ->from('pages')
                ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq('uid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($id, \PDO::PARAM_INT)))
                ->execute()
                ->fetch();
            if ($row) {
                $this->pageCache[$id] = $row;
            }
        }
        return $this->pageCache[$id][$field];
    }

    /**
     * Returns the row of a record given by $table and $id and $fieldList (list of fields, may be '*')
     * NOTICE: No check for deleted or access!
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id UID of the record from $table
     * @param string $fieldList Field list for the SELECT query, eg. "*" or "uid,pid,...
     * @return array|null Returns the selected record on success, otherwise NULL.
     */
    public function recordInfo($table, $id, $fieldList)
    {
        // Skip, if searching for NEW records or there's no TCA table definition
        if ((int)$id === 0 || !isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table])) {
            return null;
        }
        $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
        $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll();
        $result = $queryBuilder
            ->select(...GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $fieldList))
            ->from($table)
            ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq('uid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($id, \PDO::PARAM_INT)))
            ->execute()
            ->fetch();
        return $result ?: null;
    }

    /**
     * Checks if record exists with and without permission check and returns that row
     *
     * @param string $table Record table name
     * @param int $id Record UID
     * @param int|string $perms Permission restrictions to observe: Either an integer that will be bitwise AND'ed or a string, which points to a key in the ->pMap array
     * @param string $fieldList - fields - default is '*'
     * @throws \RuntimeException
     * @return array|bool Row if exists and accessible, false otherwise
     */
    protected function recordInfoWithPermissionCheck(string $table, int $id, $perms, string $fieldList = '*')
    {
        $id = (int)$id;
        if ($this->bypassAccessCheckForRecords) {
            $columns = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $fieldList, true);

            $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
            $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll();

            $record = $queryBuilder->select(...$columns)
                ->from($table)
                ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq('uid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($id, \PDO::PARAM_INT)))
                ->execute()
                ->fetch();

            return $record ?: false;
        }
        // Processing the incoming $perms (from possible string to integer that can be AND'ed)
        if (!MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($perms)) {
            if ($table !== 'pages') {
                switch ($perms) {
                    case 'edit':

                    case 'delete':

                    case 'new':
                        // This holds it all in case the record is not page!!
                        if ($table === 'sys_file_reference' && array_key_exists('pages', $this->datamap)) {
                            $perms = 'edit';
                        } else {
                            $perms = 'editcontent';
                        }
                        break;
                }
            }
            $perms = (int)$this->pMap[$perms];
        } else {
            $perms = (int)$perms;
        }
        if (!$perms) {
            throw new \RuntimeException('Internal ERROR: no permissions to check for non-admin user', 1270853920);
        }
        // For all tables: Check if record exists:
        $isWebMountRestrictionIgnored = BackendUtility::isWebMountRestrictionIgnored($table);
        if (is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]) && $id > 0 && ($this->admin || $isWebMountRestrictionIgnored || $this->isRecordInWebMount($table, $id))) {
            $columns = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $fieldList, true);
            if ($table !== 'pages') {
                // Find record without checking page
                // @todo: This should probably check for editlock
                $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
                $this->addDeleteRestriction($queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll());
                $output = $queryBuilder
                    ->select(...$columns)
                    ->from($table)
                    ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq('uid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($id, \PDO::PARAM_INT)))
                    ->execute()
                    ->fetch();
                BackendUtility::fixVersioningPid($table, $output, true);
                // If record found, check page as well:
                if (is_array($output)) {
                    // Looking up the page for record:
                    $pageRec = $this->doesRecordExist_pageLookUp($output['pid'], $perms);
                    // Return TRUE if either a page was found OR if the PID is zero AND the user is ADMIN (in which case the record is at root-level):
                    $isRootLevelRestrictionIgnored = BackendUtility::isRootLevelRestrictionIgnored($table);
                    if (is_array($pageRec) || !$output['pid'] && ($this->admin || $isRootLevelRestrictionIgnored)) {
                        return $output;
                    }
                }
                return false;
            }
            return $this->doesRecordExist_pageLookUp($id, $perms, $columns);
        }
        return false;
    }

    /**
     * Returns an array with record properties, like header and pid
     * No check for deleted or access is done!
     * For versionized records, pid is resolved to its live versions pid.
     * Used for logging
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id Uid of record
     * @param bool $noWSOL If set, no workspace overlay is performed
     * @return array Properties of record
     */
    public function getRecordProperties($table, $id, $noWSOL = false)
    {
        $row = $table === 'pages' && !$id ? ['title' => '[root-level]', 'uid' => 0, 'pid' => 0] : $this->recordInfo($table, $id, '*');
        if (!$noWSOL) {
            BackendUtility::workspaceOL($table, $row);
        }
        return $this->getRecordPropertiesFromRow($table, $row);
    }

    /**
     * Returns an array with record properties, like header and pid, based on the row
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param array $row Input row
     * @return array|null Output array
     */
    public function getRecordPropertiesFromRow($table, $row)
    {
        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]) {
            BackendUtility::fixVersioningPid($table, $row);
            return [
                'header' => BackendUtility::getRecordTitle($table, $row),
                'pid' => $row['pid'],
                'event_pid' => $this->eventPid($table, $row['_ORIG_pid'] ?? $row['uid'], $row['pid']),
                't3ver_state' => $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS'] ? $row['t3ver_state'] : '',
                '_ORIG_pid' => $row['_ORIG_pid']
            ];
        }
        return null;
    }

    /**
     * @param string $table
     * @param int $uid
     * @param int $pid
     * @return int
     */
    public function eventPid($table, $uid, $pid)
    {
        return $table === 'pages' ? $uid : $pid;
    }

    /*********************************************
     *
     * Storing data to Database Layer
     *
     ********************************************/
    /**
     * Update database record
     * Does not check permissions but expects them to be verified on beforehand
     *
     * @param string $table Record table name
     * @param int $id Record uid
     * @param array $fieldArray Array of field=>value pairs to insert. FIELDS MUST MATCH the database FIELDS. No check is done.
     */
    public function updateDB($table, $id, $fieldArray)
    {
        if (is_array($fieldArray) && is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]) && (int)$id) {
            // Do NOT update the UID field, ever!
            unset($fieldArray['uid']);
            if (!empty($fieldArray)) {
                $fieldArray = $this->insertUpdateDB_preprocessBasedOnFieldType($table, $fieldArray);

                $connection = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getConnectionForTable($table);

                $types = [];
                $platform = $connection->getDatabasePlatform();
                if ($platform instanceof SQLServerPlatform) {
                    // mssql needs to set proper PARAM_LOB and others to update fields
                    $tableDetails = $connection->getSchemaManager()->listTableDetails($table);
                    foreach ($fieldArray as $columnName => $columnValue) {
                        $types[$columnName] = $tableDetails->getColumn($columnName)->getType()->getBindingType();
                    }
                }

                // Execute the UPDATE query:
                $updateErrorMessage = '';
                try {
                    $connection->update($table, $fieldArray, ['uid' => (int)$id], $types);
                } catch (DBALException $e) {
                    $updateErrorMessage = $e->getPrevious()->getMessage();
                }
                // If succeeds, do...:
                if ($updateErrorMessage === '') {
                    // Update reference index:
                    $this->updateRefIndex($table, $id);
                    // Set History data
                    $historyEntryId = 0;
                    if (isset($this->historyRecords[$table . ':' . $id])) {
                        $historyEntryId = $this->getRecordHistoryStore()->modifyRecord($table, $id, $this->historyRecords[$table . ':' . $id]);
                    }
                    if ($this->enableLogging) {
                        if ($this->checkStoredRecords) {
                            $newRow = $this->checkStoredRecord($table, $id, $fieldArray, 2);
                        } else {
                            $newRow = $fieldArray;
                            $newRow['uid'] = $id;
                        }
                        // Set log entry:
                        $propArr = $this->getRecordPropertiesFromRow($table, $newRow);
                        $this->log($table, $id, 2, $propArr['pid'], 0, 'Record \'%s\' (%s) was updated.' . ($propArr['_ORIG_pid'] == -1 ? ' (Offline version).' : ' (Online).'), 10, [$propArr['header'], $table . ':' . $id, 'history' => $historyEntryId], $propArr['event_pid']);
                    }
                    // Clear cache for relevant pages:
                    $this->registerRecordIdForPageCacheClearing($table, $id);
                    // Unset the pageCache for the id if table was page.
                    if ($table === 'pages') {
                        unset($this->pageCache[$id]);
                    }
                } else {
                    $this->log($table, $id, 2, 0, 2, 'SQL error: \'%s\' (%s)', 12, [$updateErrorMessage, $table . ':' . $id]);
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Insert into database
     * Does not check permissions but expects them to be verified on beforehand
     *
     * @param string $table Record table name
     * @param string $id "NEW...." uid string
     * @param array $fieldArray Array of field=>value pairs to insert. FIELDS MUST MATCH the database FIELDS. No check is done. "pid" must point to the destination of the record!
     * @param bool $newVersion Set to TRUE if new version is created.
     * @param int $suggestedUid Suggested UID value for the inserted record. See the array $this->suggestedInsertUids; Admin-only feature
     * @param bool $dontSetNewIdIndex If TRUE, the ->substNEWwithIDs array is not updated. Only useful in very rare circumstances!
     * @return int|null Returns ID on success.
     */
    public function insertDB($table, $id, $fieldArray, $newVersion = false, $suggestedUid = 0, $dontSetNewIdIndex = false)
    {
        if (is_array($fieldArray) && is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]) && isset($fieldArray['pid'])) {
            // Do NOT insert the UID field, ever!
            unset($fieldArray['uid']);
            if (!empty($fieldArray)) {
                // Check for "suggestedUid".
                // This feature is used by the import functionality to force a new record to have a certain UID value.
                // This is only recommended for use when the destination server is a passive mirror of another server.
                // As a security measure this feature is available only for Admin Users (for now)
                $suggestedUid = (int)$suggestedUid;
                if ($this->BE_USER->isAdmin() && $suggestedUid && $this->suggestedInsertUids[$table . ':' . $suggestedUid]) {
                    // When the value of ->suggestedInsertUids[...] is "DELETE" it will try to remove the previous record
                    if ($this->suggestedInsertUids[$table . ':' . $suggestedUid] === 'DELETE') {
                        // DELETE:
                        GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
                            ->getConnectionForTable($table)
                            ->delete($table, ['uid' => (int)$suggestedUid]);
                    }
                    $fieldArray['uid'] = $suggestedUid;
                }
                $fieldArray = $this->insertUpdateDB_preprocessBasedOnFieldType($table, $fieldArray);
                $typeArray = [];
                if (!empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigDiffSourceField'])
                    && array_key_exists($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigDiffSourceField'], $fieldArray)
                ) {
                    $typeArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigDiffSourceField']] = Connection::PARAM_LOB;
                }
                $connection = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getConnectionForTable($table);
                $insertErrorMessage = '';
                try {
                    // Execute the INSERT query:
                    $connection->insert(
                        $table,
                        $fieldArray,
                        $typeArray
                    );
                } catch (DBALException $e) {
                    $insertErrorMessage = $e->getPrevious()->getMessage();
                }
                // If succees, do...:
                if ($insertErrorMessage === '') {
                    // Set mapping for NEW... -> real uid:
                    // the NEW_id now holds the 'NEW....' -id
                    $NEW_id = $id;
                    $id = $this->postProcessDatabaseInsert($connection, $table, $suggestedUid);

                    if (!$dontSetNewIdIndex) {
                        $this->substNEWwithIDs[$NEW_id] = $id;
                        $this->substNEWwithIDs_table[$NEW_id] = $table;
                    }
                    $newRow = [];
                    if ($this->enableLogging) {
                        // Checking the record is properly saved if configured
                        if ($this->checkStoredRecords) {
                            $newRow = $this->checkStoredRecord($table, $id, $fieldArray, 1);
                        } else {
                            $newRow = $fieldArray;
                            $newRow['uid'] = $id;
                        }
                    }
                    // Update reference index:
                    $this->updateRefIndex($table, $id);

                    // Store in history
                    $this->getRecordHistoryStore()->addRecord($table, $id, $newRow);

                    if ($newVersion) {
                        if ($this->enableLogging) {
                            $propArr = $this->getRecordPropertiesFromRow($table, $newRow);
                            $this->log($table, $id, 1, 0, 0, 'New version created of table \'%s\', uid \'%s\'. UID of new version is \'%s\'', 10, [$table, $fieldArray['t3ver_oid'], $id], $propArr['event_pid'], $NEW_id);
                        }
                    } else {
                        if ($this->enableLogging) {
                            $propArr = $this->getRecordPropertiesFromRow($table, $newRow);
                            $page_propArr = $this->getRecordProperties('pages', $propArr['pid']);
                            $this->log($table, $id, 1, 0, 0, 'Record \'%s\' (%s) was inserted on page \'%s\' (%s)', 10, [$propArr['header'], $table . ':' . $id, $page_propArr['header'], $newRow['pid']], $newRow['pid'], $NEW_id);
                        }
                        // Clear cache for relevant pages:
                        $this->registerRecordIdForPageCacheClearing($table, $id);
                    }
                    return $id;
                }
                if ($this->enableLogging) {
                    $this->log($table, $id, 1, 0, 2, 'SQL error: \'%s\' (%s)', 12, [$insertErrorMessage, $table . ':' . $id]);
                }
            }
        }
        return null;
    }

    /**
     * Checking stored record to see if the written values are properly updated.
     *
     * @param string $table Record table name
     * @param int $id Record uid
     * @param array $fieldArray Array of field=>value pairs to insert/update
     * @param string $action Action, for logging only.
     * @return array|null Selected row
     * @see insertDB(), updateDB()
     */
    public function checkStoredRecord($table, $id, $fieldArray, $action)
    {
        $id = (int)$id;
        if (is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]) && $id) {
            $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
            $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll();

            $row = $queryBuilder
                ->select('*')
                ->from($table)
                ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq('uid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($id, \PDO::PARAM_INT)))
                ->execute()
                ->fetch();

            if (!empty($row)) {
                // Traverse array of values that was inserted into the database and compare with the actually stored value:
                $errors = [];
                foreach ($fieldArray as $key => $value) {
                    if (!$this->checkStoredRecords_loose || $value || $row[$key]) {
                        if (is_float($row[$key])) {
                            // if the database returns the value as double, compare it as double
                            if ((double)$value !== (double)$row[$key]) {
                                $errors[] = $key;
                            }
                        } else {
                            $dbType = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$key]['config']['dbType'] ?? false;
                            if ($dbType === 'datetime' || $dbType === 'time') {
                                $row[$key] = $this->normalizeTimeFormat($table, $row[$key], $dbType);
                            }
                            if ((string)$value !== (string)$row[$key]) {
                                // The is_numeric check catches cases where we want to store a float/double value
                                // and database returns the field as a string with the least required amount of
                                // significant digits, i.e. "0.00" being saved and "0" being read back.
                                if (is_numeric($value) && is_numeric($row[$key])) {
                                    if ((double)$value === (double)$row[$key]) {
                                        continue;
                                    }
                                }
                                $errors[] = $key;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }
                // Set log message if there were fields with unmatching values:
                if (!empty($errors)) {
                    $message = sprintf(
                        'These fields of record %d in table "%s" have not been saved correctly: %s! The values might have changed due to type casting of the database.',
                        $id,
                        $table,
                        implode(', ', $errors)
                    );
                    $this->log($table, $id, $action, 0, 1, $message);
                    $this->log($table, $id, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $action, 0, 1, $message);
                }
                // Return selected rows:
                return $row;
            }
        }
        return null;
    }

    /**
     * Setting sys_history record, based on content previously set in $this->historyRecords[$table . ':' . $id] (by compareFieldArrayWithCurrentAndUnset())
     *
     * This functionality is now moved into the RecordHistoryStore and can be used instead.
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id Record ID
     * @param int $logId Log entry ID, important for linking between log and history views
     */
    public function setHistory($table, $id, $logId)
    {
        if (isset($this->historyRecords[$table . ':' . $id])) {
            $this->getRecordHistoryStore()->modifyRecord(
                $table,
                $id,
                $this->historyRecords[$table . ':' . $id]
            );
        }
    }

    /**
     * @return RecordHistoryStore
     */
    protected function getRecordHistoryStore(): RecordHistoryStore
    {
        return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(
            RecordHistoryStore::class,
            RecordHistoryStore::USER_BACKEND,
            /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ RecordHistoryStore::USER_BACKEND,
            $this->BE_USER->user['uid'],
            $this->BE_USER->user['ses_backuserid'] ?? null,
            $this->BE_USER->workspace
            /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $this->BE_USER->workspace
        );
    }

    /**
     * Update Reference Index (sys_refindex) for a record
     * Should be called any almost any update to a record which could affect references inside the record.
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $id Record UID
     */
    public function updateRefIndex($table, $id)
    {
        /** @var $refIndexObj ReferenceIndex */
        $refIndexObj = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ReferenceIndex::class);
        if (BackendUtility::isTableWorkspaceEnabled($table)) {
            $refIndexObj->setWorkspaceId($this->BE_USER->workspace);
        }
        $refIndexObj->enableRuntimeCache();
        $refIndexObj->updateRefIndexTable($table, $id);
    }

    /*********************************************
     *
     * Misc functions
     *
     ********************************************/
    /**
     * Returning sorting number for tables with a "sortby" column
     * Using when new records are created and existing records are moved around.
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $uid Uid of record to find sorting number for. May be zero in case of new.
     * @param int $pid Positioning PID, either >=0 (pointing to page in which case we find sorting number for first record in page) or <0 (pointing to record in which case to find next sorting number after this record)
     * @return int|array|bool|null Returns integer if PID is >=0, otherwise an array with PID and sorting number. Possibly FALSE in case of error.
     */
    public function getSortNumber($table, $uid, $pid)
    {
        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table] && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['sortby']) {
            $sortRow = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['sortby'];
            $connectionPool = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class);
            $queryBuilder = $connectionPool->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
            $this->addDeleteRestriction($queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll());

            $queryBuilder
                ->select($sortRow, 'pid', 'uid')
                ->from($table);

            // Sorting number is in the top
            if ($pid >= 0) {
                // Fetches the first record under this pid
                $row = $queryBuilder
                    ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq('pid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($pid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)))
                    ->orderBy($sortRow, 'ASC')
                    ->setMaxResults(1)
                    ->execute()
                    ->fetch();
                // There was an element
                if (!empty($row)) {
                    // The top record was the record it self, so we return its current sortnumber
                    if ($row['uid'] == $uid) {
                        return $row[$sortRow];
                    }
                    // If the pages sortingnumber < 1 we must resort the records under this pid
                    if ($row[$sortRow] < 1) {
                        $this->resorting($table, $pid, $sortRow, 0);
                        // First sorting number after resorting
                        return $this->sortIntervals;
                    }
                    // Sorting number between current top element and zero
                    return floor($row[$sortRow] / 2);
                }
                // No pages, so we choose the default value as sorting-number
                // First sorting number if no elements.
                return $this->sortIntervals;
            }
            // Sorting number is inside the list
            // Fetches the record which is supposed to be the prev record
            $row = $queryBuilder
                    ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                        'uid',
                        $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(abs($pid), \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                    ))
                    ->execute()
                    ->fetch();

            // There was a record
            if (!empty($row)) {
                // Look, if the record UID happens to be an offline record. If so, find its live version. Offline uids will be used when a page is versionized as "branch" so this is when we must correct - otherwise a pid of "-1" and a wrong sort-row number is returned which we don't want.
                if ($lookForLiveVersion = BackendUtility::getLiveVersionOfRecord($table, $row['uid'], $sortRow . ',pid,uid')) {
                    $row = $lookForLiveVersion;
                }
                // Fetch move placeholder, since it might point to a new page in the current workspace
                if ($movePlaceholder = BackendUtility::getMovePlaceholder($table, $row['uid'], 'uid,pid,' . $sortRow)) {
                    $row = $movePlaceholder;
                }
                // If the record should be inserted after itself, keep the current sorting information:
                if ((int)$row['uid'] === (int)$uid) {
                    $sortNumber = $row[$sortRow];
                } else {
                    $queryBuilder = $connectionPool->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
                    $this->addDeleteRestriction($queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll());

                    $subResults = $queryBuilder
                            ->select($sortRow, 'pid', 'uid')
                            ->from($table)
                            ->where(
                                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                                    'pid',
                                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($row['pid'], \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                                ),
                                $queryBuilder->expr()->gte(
                                    $sortRow,
                                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($row[$sortRow], \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                                )
                            )
                            ->orderBy($sortRow, 'ASC')
                            ->setMaxResults(2)
                            ->execute()
                            ->fetchAll();
                    // Fetches the next record in order to calculate the in-between sortNumber
                    // There was a record afterwards
                    if (count($subResults) === 2) {
                        // There was a record afterwards, fetch that
                        $subrow = array_pop($subResults);
                        // The sortNumber is found in between these values
                        $sortNumber = $row[$sortRow] + floor(($subrow[$sortRow] - $row[$sortRow]) / 2);
                        // The sortNumber happened NOT to be between the two surrounding numbers, so we'll have to resort the list
                        if ($sortNumber <= $row[$sortRow] || $sortNumber >= $subrow[$sortRow]) {
                            // By this special param, resorting reserves and returns the sortnumber after the uid
                            $sortNumber = $this->resorting($table, $row['pid'], $sortRow, $row['uid']);
                        }
                    } else {
                        // If after the last record in the list, we just add the sortInterval to the last sortvalue
                        $sortNumber = $row[$sortRow] + $this->sortIntervals;
                    }
                }
                return ['pid' => $row['pid'], 'sortNumber' => $sortNumber];
            }
            if ($this->enableLogging) {
                $propArr = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $uid);
                // OK, don't insert $propArr['event_pid'] here...
                $this->log($table, $uid, 4, 0, 1, 'Attempt to move record \'%s\' (%s) to after a non-existing record (uid=%s)', 1, [$propArr['header'], $table . ':' . $uid, abs($pid)], $propArr['pid']);
            }
            // There MUST be a page or else this cannot work
            return false;
        }
        return null;
    }

    /**
     * Resorts a table.
     * Used internally by getSortNumber()
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $pid Pid in which to resort records.
     * @param string $sortRow Sorting row
     * @param int $return_SortNumber_After_This_Uid Uid of record from $table in this $pid and for which the return value will be set to a free sorting number after that record. This is used to return a sortingValue if the list is resorted because of inserting records inside the list and not in the top
     * @return int|null If $return_SortNumber_After_This_Uid is set, will contain usable sorting number after that record if found (otherwise 0)
     * @access private
     * @see getSortNumber()
     */
    public function resorting($table, $pid, $sortRow, $return_SortNumber_After_This_Uid)
    {
        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table] && $sortRow && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['sortby'] == $sortRow) {
            $returnVal = 0;
            $intervals = $this->sortIntervals;
            $i = $intervals * 2;
            $connection = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getConnectionForTable($table);
            $queryBuilder = $connection->createQueryBuilder();
            $this->addDeleteRestriction($queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll());

            $result = $queryBuilder
                ->select('uid')
                ->from($table)
                ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq('pid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($pid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)))
                ->orderBy($sortRow, 'ASC')
                ->addOrderBy('uid', 'ASC')
                ->execute();
            while ($row = $result->fetch()) {
                $uid = (int)$row['uid'];
                if ($uid) {
                    $connection->update($table, [$sortRow => $i], ['uid' => (int)$uid]);
                    // This is used to return a sortingValue if the list is resorted because of inserting records inside the list and not in the top
                    if ($uid == $return_SortNumber_After_This_Uid) {
                        $i = $i + $intervals;
                        $returnVal = $i;
                    }
                } else {
                    die('Fatal ERROR!! No Uid at resorting.');

                }
                $i = $i + $intervals;
            }
            return $returnVal;
        }
        return null;
    }

    /**
     * Returning uid of previous localized record, if any, for tables with a "sortby" column
     * Used when new localized records are created so that localized records are sorted in the same order as the default language records
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $uid Uid of default language record
     * @param int $pid Pid of default language record
     * @param int $language Language of localization
     * @return int uid of record after which the localized record should be inserted
     */
    protected function getPreviousLocalizedRecordUid($table, $uid, $pid, $language)
    {
        $previousLocalizedRecordUid = $uid;
        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table] && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['sortby']) {
            $sortRow = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['sortby'];
            $select = [$sortRow, 'pid', 'uid'];
            // For content elements, we also need the colPos
            if ($table === 'tt_content') {
                $select[] = 'colPos';
            }
            // Get the sort value of the default language record
            $row = BackendUtility::getRecord($table, $uid, implode(',', $select));
            if (is_array($row)) {
                $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
                $this->addDeleteRestriction($queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll());

                $queryBuilder
                    ->select(...$select)
                    ->from($table)
                    ->where(
                        $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                            'pid',
                            $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($pid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                        ),
                        $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                            $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField'],
                            $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(0, \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                        ),
                        $queryBuilder->expr()->lt(
                            $sortRow,
                            $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($row[$sortRow], \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                        )
                    )
                    ->orderBy($sortRow, 'DESC')
                    ->setMaxResults(1);
                if ($table === 'tt_content') {
                    $queryBuilder
                        ->andWhere(
                            $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                                'colPos',
                                $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($row['colPos'], \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                            )
                        );
                }
                // If there is an element, find its localized record in specified localization language
                if ($previousRow = $queryBuilder->execute()->fetch()) {
                    $previousLocalizedRecord = BackendUtility::getRecordLocalization($table, $previousRow['uid'], $language);
                    if (is_array($previousLocalizedRecord[0])) {
                        $previousLocalizedRecordUid = $previousLocalizedRecord[0]['uid'];
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        return $previousLocalizedRecordUid;
    }

    /**
     * Setting up perms_* fields in $fieldArray based on TSconfig input
     * Used for new pages
     *
     * @param array $fieldArray Field Array, returned with modifications
     * @param array $TSConfig_p TSconfig properties
     * @return array Modified Field Array
     */
    public function setTSconfigPermissions($fieldArray, $TSConfig_p)
    {
        if ((string)$TSConfig_p['userid'] !== '') {
            $fieldArray['perms_userid'] = (int)$TSConfig_p['userid'];
        }
        if ((string)$TSConfig_p['groupid'] !== '') {
            $fieldArray['perms_groupid'] = (int)$TSConfig_p['groupid'];
        }
        if ((string)$TSConfig_p['user'] !== '') {
            $fieldArray['perms_user'] = MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($TSConfig_p['user']) ? $TSConfig_p['user'] : $this->assemblePermissions($TSConfig_p['user']);
        }
        if ((string)$TSConfig_p['group'] !== '') {
            $fieldArray['perms_group'] = MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($TSConfig_p['group']) ? $TSConfig_p['group'] : $this->assemblePermissions($TSConfig_p['group']);
        }
        if ((string)$TSConfig_p['everybody'] !== '') {
            $fieldArray['perms_everybody'] = MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($TSConfig_p['everybody']) ? $TSConfig_p['everybody'] : $this->assemblePermissions($TSConfig_p['everybody']);
        }
        return $fieldArray;
    }

    /**
     * Returns a fieldArray with default values. Values will be picked up from the TCA array looking at the config key "default" for each column. If values are set in ->defaultValues they will overrule though.
     * Used for new records and during copy operations for defaults
     *
     * @param string $table Table name for which to set default values.
     * @return array Array with default values.
     */
    public function newFieldArray($table)
    {
        $fieldArray = [];
        if (is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'])) {
            foreach ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'] as $field => $content) {
                if (isset($this->defaultValues[$table][$field])) {
                    $fieldArray[$field] = $this->defaultValues[$table][$field];
                } elseif (isset($content['config']['default'])) {
                    $fieldArray[$field] = $content['config']['default'];
                }
            }
        }
        // Set default permissions for a page.
        if ($table === 'pages') {
            $fieldArray['perms_userid'] = $this->userid;
            $fieldArray['perms_groupid'] = (int)$this->BE_USER->firstMainGroup;
            $fieldArray['perms_user'] = $this->assemblePermissions($this->defaultPermissions['user']);
            $fieldArray['perms_group'] = $this->assemblePermissions($this->defaultPermissions['group']);
            $fieldArray['perms_everybody'] = $this->assemblePermissions($this->defaultPermissions['everybody']);
        }
        return $fieldArray;
    }

    /**
     * If a "languageField" is specified for $table this function will add a possible value to the incoming array if none is found in there already.
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param array $incomingFieldArray Incoming array (passed by reference)
     */
    public function addDefaultPermittedLanguageIfNotSet($table, &$incomingFieldArray)
    {
        // Checking languages:
        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']) {
            if (!isset($incomingFieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']])) {
                // Language field must be found in input row - otherwise it does not make sense.
                $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
                    ->getQueryBuilderForTable('sys_language');
                $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()
                    ->removeAll()
                    ->add(GeneralUtility::makeInstance(DeletedRestriction::class));
                $queryBuilder
                    ->select('uid')
                    ->from('sys_language')
                    ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq('pid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(0, \PDO::PARAM_INT)));
                $rows = array_merge([['uid' => 0]], $queryBuilder->execute()->fetchAll(), [['uid' => -1]]);
                foreach ($rows as $r) {
                    if ($this->BE_USER->checkLanguageAccess($r['uid'])) {
                        $incomingFieldArray[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField']] = $r['uid'];
                        break;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Returns the $data array from $table overridden in the fields defined in ->overrideValues.
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param array $data Data array with fields from table. These will be overlaid with values in $this->overrideValues[$table]
     * @return array Data array, processed.
     */
    public function overrideFieldArray($table, $data)
    {
        if (is_array($this->overrideValues[$table])) {
            $data = array_merge($data, $this->overrideValues[$table]);
        }
        return $data;
    }

    /**
     * Compares the incoming field array with the current record and unsets all fields which are the same.
     * Used for existing records being updated
     *
     * @param string $table Record table name
     * @param int $id Record uid
     * @param array $fieldArray Array of field=>value pairs intended to be inserted into the database. All keys with values matching exactly the current value will be unset!
     * @return array Returns $fieldArray. If the returned array is empty, then the record should not be updated!
     */
    public function compareFieldArrayWithCurrentAndUnset($table, $id, $fieldArray)
    {
        $connection = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getConnectionForTable($table);
        $queryBuilder = $connection->createQueryBuilder();
        $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll();
        $currentRecord = $queryBuilder->select('*')
            ->from($table)
            ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq('uid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($id, \PDO::PARAM_INT)))
            ->execute()
            ->fetch();
        // If the current record exists (which it should...), begin comparison:
        if (is_array($currentRecord)) {
            $tableDetails = $connection->getSchemaManager()->listTableDetails($table);
            $columnRecordTypes = [];
            foreach ($currentRecord as $columnName => $_) {
                $columnRecordTypes[$columnName] = '';
                $type = $tableDetails->getColumn($columnName)->getType();
                if ($type instanceof IntegerType) {
                    $columnRecordTypes[$columnName] = 'int';
                }
            }
            // Unset the fields which are similar:
            foreach ($fieldArray as $col => $val) {
                $fieldConfiguration = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$col]['config'];
                $isNullField = (!empty($fieldConfiguration['eval']) && GeneralUtility::inList($fieldConfiguration['eval'], 'null'));

                // Unset fields if stored and submitted values are equal - except the current field holds MM relations.
                // In general this avoids to store superfluous data which also will be visualized in the editing history.
                if (!$fieldConfiguration['MM'] && $this->isSubmittedValueEqualToStoredValue($val, $currentRecord[$col], $columnRecordTypes[$col], $isNullField)) {
                    unset($fieldArray[$col]);
                } else {
                    if (!isset($this->mmHistoryRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['oldRecord'][$col])) {
                        $this->historyRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['oldRecord'][$col] = $currentRecord[$col];
                    } elseif ($this->mmHistoryRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['oldRecord'][$col] != $this->mmHistoryRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['newRecord'][$col]) {
                        $this->historyRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['oldRecord'][$col] = $this->mmHistoryRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['oldRecord'][$col];
                    }
                    if (!isset($this->mmHistoryRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['newRecord'][$col])) {
                        $this->historyRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['newRecord'][$col] = $fieldArray[$col];
                    } elseif ($this->mmHistoryRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['newRecord'][$col] != $this->mmHistoryRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['oldRecord'][$col]) {
                        $this->historyRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['newRecord'][$col] = $this->mmHistoryRecords[$table . ':' . $id]['newRecord'][$col];
                    }
                }
            }
        } else {
            // If the current record does not exist this is an error anyways and we just return an empty array here.
            $fieldArray = [];
        }
        return $fieldArray;
    }

    /**
     * Determines whether submitted values and stored values are equal.
     * This prevents from adding superfluous field changes which would be shown in the record history as well.
     * For NULL fields (see accordant TCA definition 'eval' = 'null'), a special handling is required since
     * (!strcmp(NULL, '')) would be a false-positive.
     *
     * @param mixed $submittedValue Value that has submitted (e.g. from a backend form)
     * @param mixed $storedValue Value that is currently stored in the database
     * @param string $storedType SQL type of the stored value column (see mysql_field_type(), e.g 'int', 'string',  ...)
     * @param bool $allowNull Whether NULL values are allowed by accordant TCA definition ('eval' = 'null')
     * @return bool Whether both values are considered to be equal
     */
    protected function isSubmittedValueEqualToStoredValue($submittedValue, $storedValue, $storedType, $allowNull = false)
    {
        // No NULL values are allowed, this is the regular behaviour.
        // Thus, check whether strings are the same or whether integer values are empty ("0" or "").
        if (!$allowNull) {
            $result = (string)$submittedValue === (string)$storedValue || $storedType === 'int' && (int)$storedValue === (int)$submittedValue;
            // Null values are allowed, but currently there's a real (not NULL) value.
        // Thus, ensure no NULL value was submitted and fallback to the regular behaviour.
        } elseif ($storedValue !== null) {
            $result = (
                $submittedValue !== null
                && $this->isSubmittedValueEqualToStoredValue($submittedValue, $storedValue, $storedType, false)
            );
            // Null values are allowed, and currently there's a NULL value.
        // Thus, check whether a NULL value was submitted.
        } else {
            $result = ($submittedValue === null);
        }

        return $result;
    }

    /**
     * Calculates the bitvalue of the permissions given in a string, comma-separated
     *
     * @param string $string List of pMap strings
     * @return int Integer mask
     * @see setTSconfigPermissions(), newFieldArray()
     */
    public function assemblePermissions($string)
    {
        $keyArr = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $string, true);
        $value = 0;
        foreach ($keyArr as $key) {
            if ($key && isset($this->pMap[$key])) {
                $value |= $this->pMap[$key];
            }
        }
        return $value;
    }

    /**
     * Converts a HTML entity (like &#123;) to the character '123'
     *
     * @param string $input Input string
     * @return string Output string
     */
    public function convNumEntityToByteValue($input)
    {
        $token = md5(microtime());
        $parts = explode($token, preg_replace('/(&#([0-9]+);)/', $token . '\\2' . $token, $input));
        foreach ($parts as $k => $v) {
            if ($k % 2) {
                $v = (int)$v;
                // Just to make sure that control bytes are not converted.
                if ($v > 32) {
                    $parts[$k] = chr((int)$v);
                }
            }
        }
        return implode('', $parts);
    }

    /**
     * Disables the delete clause for fetching records.
     * In general only undeleted records will be used. If the delete
     * clause is disabled, also deleted records are taken into account.
     */
    public function disableDeleteClause()
    {
        $this->disableDeleteClause = true;
    }

    /**
     * Returns delete-clause for the $table
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @return string Delete clause
     */
    public function deleteClause($table)
    {
        // Returns the proper delete-clause if any for a table from TCA
        if (!$this->disableDeleteClause && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['delete']) {
            return ' AND ' . $table . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['delete'] . '=0';
        }
        return '';
    }

    /**
     * Add delete restriction if not disabled
     *
     * @param QueryRestrictionContainerInterface $restrictions
     */
    protected function addDeleteRestriction(QueryRestrictionContainerInterface $restrictions)
    {
        if (!$this->disableDeleteClause) {
            $restrictions->add(GeneralUtility::makeInstance(DeletedRestriction::class));
        }
    }

    /**
     * Gets UID of parent record. If record is deleted it will be looked up in
     * an array built before the record was deleted
     *
     * @param string $table Table where record lives/lived
     * @param int $uid Record UID
     * @return int[] Parent UIDs
     */
    protected function getOriginalParentOfRecord($table, $uid)
    {
        if (isset(self::$recordPidsForDeletedRecords[$table][$uid])) {
            return self::$recordPidsForDeletedRecords[$table][$uid];
        }
        list($parentUid) = BackendUtility::getTSCpid($table, $uid, '');
        list($parentUid) = BackendUtility::getTSCpid($table, $uid, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ '');
        return [$parentUid];
    }

    /**
     * Return TSconfig for a page id
     *
     * @param int $tscPID Page id (PID) from which to get configuration.
     * @return array TSconfig array, if any
     */
    public function getTCEMAIN_TSconfig($tscPID)
    {
        if (!isset($this->cachedTSconfig[$tscPID])) {
            $this->cachedTSconfig[$tscPID] = $this->BE_USER->getTSConfig('TCEMAIN', BackendUtility::getPagesTSconfig($tscPID));
        }
        return $this->cachedTSconfig[$tscPID]['properties'];
    }

    /**
     * Extract entries from TSconfig for a specific table. This will merge specific and default configuration together.
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param array $TSconfig TSconfig for page
     * @return array TSconfig merged
     * @see getTCEMAIN_TSconfig()
     */
    public function getTableEntries($table, $TSconfig)
    {
        $tA = is_array($TSconfig['table.'][$table . '.']) ? $TSconfig['table.'][$table . '.'] : [];
        $dA = is_array($TSconfig['default.']) ? $TSconfig['default.'] : [];
        ArrayUtility::mergeRecursiveWithOverrule($dA, $tA);
        return $dA;
    }

    /**
     * Returns the pid of a record from $table with $uid
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $uid Record uid
     * @return int|false PID value (unless the record did not exist in which case FALSE is returned)
     */
    public function getPID($table, $uid)
    {
        $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
        $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()
            ->removeAll();
        $queryBuilder->select('pid')
            ->from($table)
            ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq('uid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($uid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)));
        if ($row = $queryBuilder->execute()->fetch()) {
            return $row['pid'];
        }
        return false;
    }

    /**
     * Executing dbAnalysisStore
     * This will save MM relations for new records but is executed after records are created because we need to know the ID of them
     */
    public function dbAnalysisStoreExec()
    {
        foreach ($this->dbAnalysisStore as $action) {
            $id = BackendUtility::wsMapId($action[4], MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($action[2]) ? $action[2] : $this->substNEWwithIDs[$action[2]]);
            if ($id) {
                $action[0]->writeMM($action[1], $id, $action[3]);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Removing files registered for removal before exit
     */
    public function removeRegisteredFiles()
    {
        foreach ($this->removeFilesStore as $file) {
            if (@is_file($file)) {
                $file = $this->getResourceFactory()->retrieveFileOrFolderObject($file);
                $file->delete();
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Returns array, $CPtable, of pages under the $pid going down to $counter levels.
     * Selecting ONLY pages which the user has read-access to!
     *
     * @param array $CPtable Accumulation of page uid=>pid pairs in branch of $pid
     * @param int $pid Page ID for which to find subpages
     * @param int $counter Number of levels to go down.
     * @param int $rootID ID of root point for new copied branch: The idea seems to be that a copy is not made of the already new page!
     * @return array Return array.
     */
    public function int_pageTreeInfo($CPtable, $pid, $counter, $rootID)
    {
        if ($counter) {
            $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable('pages');
            $restrictions = $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll();
            $this->addDeleteRestriction($restrictions);
            $queryBuilder
                ->select('uid')
                ->from('pages')
                ->where($queryBuilder->expr()->eq('pid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($pid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)))
                ->orderBy('sorting', 'DESC');
            if (!$this->admin) {
                $queryBuilder->andWhere($this->BE_USER->getPagePermsClause($this->pMap['show']));
            }
            if ((int)$this->BE_USER->workspace === 0) {
                $queryBuilder->andWhere(
                    $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('t3ver_wsid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(0, \PDO::PARAM_INT))
                );
            } else {
                $queryBuilder->andWhere($queryBuilder->expr()->in(
                    't3ver_wsid',
                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter([0, $this->BE_USER->workspace], Connection::PARAM_INT_ARRAY)
                ));
            }
            $result = $queryBuilder->execute();

            $pages = [];
            while ($row = $result->fetch()) {
                $pages[$row['uid']] = $row;
            }

            // Resolve placeholders of workspace versions
            if (!empty($pages) && (int)$this->BE_USER->workspace !== 0) {
                $pages = array_reverse(
                    $this->resolveVersionedRecords(
                        'pages',
                        'uid',
                        'sorting',
                        array_keys($pages)
                    ),
                    true
                );
            }

            foreach ($pages as $page) {
                if ($page['uid'] != $rootID) {
                    $CPtable[$page['uid']] = $pid;
                    // If the uid is NOT the rootID of the copyaction and if we are supposed to walk further down
                    if ($counter - 1) {
                        $CPtable = $this->int_pageTreeInfo($CPtable, $page['uid'], $counter - 1, $rootID);
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        return $CPtable;
    }

    /**
     * List of all tables (those administrators has access to = array_keys of $GLOBALS['TCA'])
     *
     * @return array Array of all TCA table names
     */
    public function compileAdminTables()
    {
        return array_keys($GLOBALS['TCA']);
    }

    /**
     * Checks if any uniqueInPid eval input fields are in the record and if so, they are re-written to be correct.
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $uid Record UID
     */
    public function fixUniqueInPid($table, $uid)
    {
        if (empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table])) {
            return;
        }

        $curData = $this->recordInfo($table, $uid, '*');
        $newData = [];
        foreach ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'] as $field => $conf) {
            if ($conf['config']['type'] === 'input' && (string)$curData[$field] !== '') {
                $evalCodesArray = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $conf['config']['eval'], true);
                if (in_array('uniqueInPid', $evalCodesArray, true)) {
                    $newV = $this->getUnique($table, $field, $curData[$field], $uid, $curData['pid']);
                    if ((string)$newV !== (string)$curData[$field]) {
                        $newData[$field] = $newV;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        // IF there are changed fields, then update the database
        if (!empty($newData)) {
            $this->updateDB($table, $uid, $newData);
        }
    }

    /**
     * When er record is copied you can specify fields from the previous record which should be copied into the new one
     * This function is also called with new elements. But then $update must be set to zero and $newData containing the data array. In that case data in the incoming array is NOT overridden. (250202)
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $uid Record UID
     * @param int $prevUid UID of previous record
     * @param bool $update If set, updates the record
     * @param array $newData Input array. If fields are already specified AND $update is not set, values are not set in output array.
     * @return array Output array (For when the copying operation needs to get the information instead of updating the info)
     */
    public function fixCopyAfterDuplFields($table, $uid, $prevUid, $update, $newData = [])
    {
        if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table] && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['copyAfterDuplFields']) {
            $prevData = $this->recordInfo($table, $prevUid, '*');
            $theFields = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['copyAfterDuplFields'], true);
            foreach ($theFields as $field) {
                if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$field] && ($update || !isset($newData[$field]))) {
                    $newData[$field] = $prevData[$field];
                }
            }
            if ($update && !empty($newData)) {
                $this->updateDB($table, $uid, $newData);
            }
        }
        return $newData;
    }

    /**
     * Returns all fieldnames from a table which are a list of files
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @return array Array of fieldnames that are either "group" or "file" types.
     */
    public function extFileFields($table)
    {
        $listArr = [];
        if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'])) {
            foreach ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'] as $field => $configArr) {
                if ($configArr['config']['type'] === 'group' && ($configArr['config']['internal_type'] === 'file' || $configArr['config']['internal_type'] === 'file_reference')) {
                    $listArr[] = $field;
                }
            }
        }
        return $listArr;
    }

    /**
     * Casts a reference value. In case MM relations or foreign_field
     * references are used. All other configurations, as well as
     * foreign_table(!) could be stored as comma-separated-values
     * as well. Since the system is not able to determine the default
     * value automatically then, the TCA default value is used if
     * it has been defined.
     *
     * @param int|string $value The value to be casted (e.g. '', '0', '1,2,3')
     * @param array $configuration The TCA configuration of the accordant field
     * @return int|string
     */
    protected function castReferenceValue($value, array $configuration)
    {
        if ((string)$value !== '') {
            return $value;
        }

        if (!empty($configuration['MM']) || !empty($configuration['foreign_field'])) {
            return 0;
        }

        if (array_key_exists('default', $configuration)) {
            return $configuration['default'];
        }

        return $value;
    }

    /**
     * Returns TRUE if the TCA/columns field type is a DB reference field
     *
     * @param array $conf Config array for TCA/columns field
     * @return bool TRUE if DB reference field (group/db or select with foreign-table)
     */
    public function isReferenceField($conf)
    {
        return $conf['type'] === 'group' && $conf['internal_type'] === 'db' || $conf['type'] === 'select' && $conf['foreign_table'];
    }

    /**
     * Returns the subtype as a string of an inline field.
     * If it's not an inline field at all, it returns FALSE.
     *
     * @param array $conf Config array for TCA/columns field
     * @return string|bool string Inline subtype (field|mm|list), boolean: FALSE
     */
    public function getInlineFieldType($conf)
    {
        if ($conf['type'] !== 'inline' || !$conf['foreign_table']) {
            return false;
        }
        if ($conf['foreign_field']) {
            // The reference to the parent is stored in a pointer field in the child record
            return 'field';
        }
        if ($conf['MM']) {
            // Regular MM intermediate table is used to store data
            return 'mm';
        }
        // An item list (separated by comma) is stored (like select type is doing)
        return 'list';
    }

    /**
     * Get modified header for a copied record
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $pid PID value in which other records to test might be
     * @param string $field Field name to get header value for.
     * @param string $value Current field value
     * @param int $count Counter (number of recursions)
     * @param string $prevTitle Previous title we checked for (in previous recursion)
     * @return string The field value, possibly appended with a "copy label
     */
    public function getCopyHeader($table, $pid, $field, $value, $count, $prevTitle = '')
    {
        // Set title value to check for:
        if ($count) {
            $checkTitle = $value . rtrim(' ' . sprintf($this->prependLabel($table), $count));
        } else {
            $checkTitle = $value;
        }
        // Do check:
        if ($prevTitle != $checkTitle || $count < 100) {
            $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
            $this->addDeleteRestriction($queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll());
            $rowCount = $queryBuilder
                ->count('uid')
                ->from($table)
                ->where(
                    $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('pid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($pid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)),
                    $queryBuilder->expr()->eq($field, $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($checkTitle, \PDO::PARAM_STR))
                )
                ->execute()
                ->fetchColumn(0);
            if ($rowCount) {
                return $this->getCopyHeader($table, $pid, $field, $value, $count + 1, $checkTitle);
            }
        }
        // Default is to just return the current input title if no other was returned before:
        return $checkTitle;
    }

    /**
     * Return "copy" label for a table. Although the name is "prepend" it actually APPENDs the label (after ...)
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @return string Label to append, containing "%s" for the number
     * @see getCopyHeader()
     */
    public function prependLabel($table)
    {
        return $this->getLanguageService()->sL($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['prependAtCopy']);
    }

    /**
     * Get the final pid based on $table and $pid ($destPid type... pos/neg)
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $pid "Destination pid" : If the value is >= 0 it's just returned directly (through (int)though) but if the value is <0 then the method looks up the record with the uid equal to abs($pid) (positive number) and returns the PID of that record! The idea is that negative numbers point to the record AFTER WHICH the position is supposed to be!
     * @return int
     */
    public function resolvePid($table, $pid)
    {
        $pid = (int)$pid;
        if ($pid < 0) {
            $query = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
            $query->getRestrictions()
                ->removeAll();
            $row = $query
                ->select('pid')
                ->from($table)
                ->where($query->expr()->eq('uid', $query->createNamedParameter(abs($pid), \PDO::PARAM_INT)))
                ->execute()
                ->fetch();
            // Look, if the record UID happens to be an offline record. If so, find its live version.
            // Offline uids will be used when a page is versionized as "branch" so this is when we
            // must correct - otherwise a pid of "-1" and a wrong sort-row number
            // is returned which we don't want.
            if ($lookForLiveVersion = BackendUtility::getLiveVersionOfRecord($table, abs($pid), 'pid')) {
            if ($lookForLiveVersion = BackendUtility::getLiveVersionOfRecord($table, /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ abs($pid), 'pid')) {
                $row = $lookForLiveVersion;
            }
            $pid = (int)$row['pid'];
        }
        return $pid;
    }

    /**
     * Removes the prependAtCopy prefix on values
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param string $value The value to fix
     * @return string Clean name
     */
    public function clearPrefixFromValue($table, $value)
    {
        $regex = '/' . sprintf(quotemeta($this->prependLabel($table)), '[0-9]*') . '$/';
        return @preg_replace($regex, '', $value);
    }

    /**
     * File functions on external file references. eg. deleting files when deleting record
     *
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param string $field Field name
     * @param string $filelist List of files to work on from field
     */
    public function extFileFunctions($table, $field, $filelist)
    {
        $uploadFolder = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$field]['config']['uploadfolder'];
        if ($uploadFolder && trim($filelist) && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$field]['config']['internal_type'] === 'file') {
            $uploadPath = PATH_site . $uploadFolder;
            $fileArray = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $filelist, true);
            foreach ($fileArray as $theFile) {
                $theFileFullPath = $uploadPath . '/' . $theFile;
                if (@is_file($theFileFullPath)) {
                    $this->getResourceFactory()->retrieveFileOrFolderObject($theFileFullPath)->delete();
                } else {
                    $this->log($table, 0, 3, 0, 100, 'Delete: Referenced file that was supposed to be deleted together with it\'s record didn\'t exist');
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Check if there are records from tables on the pages to be deleted which the current user is not allowed to
     *
     * @param int[] $pageIds IDs of pages which should be checked
     * @return bool Return TRUE, if permission granted
     * @see canDeletePage()
     */
    protected function checkForRecordsFromDisallowedTables(array $pageIds)
    {
        if ($this->admin) {
            return true;
        }

        if (!empty($pageIds)) {
            $tableNames = $this->compileAdminTables();
            foreach ($tableNames as $table) {
                $query = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable($table);
                $query->getRestrictions()
                    ->removeAll()
                    ->add(GeneralUtility::makeInstance(DeletedRestriction::class));
                $count = $query->count('uid')
                    ->from($table)
                    ->where($query->expr()->in(
                        'pid',
                        $query->createNamedParameter($pageIds, Connection::PARAM_INT_ARRAY)
                    ))
                    ->execute()
                    ->fetchColumn(0);
                if ($count && ($this->tableReadOnly($table) || !$this->checkModifyAccessList($table))) {
                    return false;
                }
            }
        }
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * Determine if a record was copied or if a record is the result of a copy action.
     *
     * @param string $table The tablename of the record
     * @param int $uid The uid of the record
     * @return bool Returns TRUE if the record is copied or is the result of a copy action
     */
    public function isRecordCopied($table, $uid)
    {
        // If the record was copied:
        if (isset($this->copyMappingArray[$table][$uid])) {
            return true;
        }
        if (isset($this->copyMappingArray[$table]) && in_array($uid, array_values($this->copyMappingArray[$table]))) {
            return true;
        }
        return false;
    }

    /******************************
     *
     * Clearing cache
     *
     ******************************/

    /**
     * Clearing the cache based on a page being updated
     * If the $table is 'pages' then cache is cleared for all pages on the same level (and subsequent?)
     * Else just clear the cache for the parent page of the record.
     *
     * @param string $table Table name of record that was just updated.
     * @param int $uid UID of updated / inserted record
     * @param int $pid REAL PID of page of a deleted/moved record to get TSconfig in ClearCache.
     * @internal This method is not meant to be called directly but only from the core itself or from hooks
     */
    public function registerRecordIdForPageCacheClearing($table, $uid, $pid = null)
    {
        if (!is_array(static::$recordsToClearCacheFor[$table])) {
            static::$recordsToClearCacheFor[$table] = [];
        }
        static::$recordsToClearCacheFor[$table][] = (int)$uid;
        if ($pid !== null) {
            if (!is_array(static::$recordPidsForDeletedRecords[$table])) {
                static::$recordPidsForDeletedRecords[$table] = [];
            }
            static::$recordPidsForDeletedRecords[$table][$uid][] = (int)$pid;
        }
    }

    /**
     * Do the actual clear cache
     */
    protected function processClearCacheQueue()
    {
        $tagsToClear = [];
        $clearCacheCommands = [];

        foreach (static::$recordsToClearCacheFor as $table => $uids) {
            foreach (array_unique($uids) as $uid) {
                if (!isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]) || $uid <= 0) {
                    return;
                }
                // For move commands we may get more then 1 parent.
                $pageUids = $this->getOriginalParentOfRecord($table, $uid);
                foreach ($pageUids as $originalParent) {
                    list($tagsToClearFromPrepare, $clearCacheCommandsFromPrepare)
                        = $this->prepareCacheFlush($table, $uid, $originalParent);
                    $tagsToClear = array_merge($tagsToClear, $tagsToClearFromPrepare);
                    $clearCacheCommands = array_merge($clearCacheCommands, $clearCacheCommandsFromPrepare);
                }
            }
        }

        /** @var CacheManager $cacheManager */
        $cacheManager = $this->getCacheManager();
        $cacheManager->flushCachesInGroupByTags('pages', array_keys($tagsToClear));

        // Filter duplicate cache commands from cacheQueue
        $clearCacheCommands = array_unique($clearCacheCommands);
        // Execute collected clear cache commands from page TSConfig
        foreach ($clearCacheCommands as $command) {
            $this->clear_cacheCmd($command);
        }

        // Reset the cache clearing array
        static::$recordsToClearCacheFor = [];

        // Reset the original pid array
        static::$recordPidsForDeletedRecords = [];
    }

    /**
     * Prepare the cache clearing
     *
     * @param string $table Table name of record that needs to be cleared
     * @param int $uid UID of record for which the cache needs to be cleared
     * @param int $pid Original pid of the page of the record which the cache needs to be cleared
     * @return array Array with tagsToClear and clearCacheCommands
     * @internal This function is internal only it may be changed/removed also in minor version numbers.
     */
    protected function prepareCacheFlush($table, $uid, $pid)
    {
        $tagsToClear = [];
        $clearCacheCommands = [];
        $pageUid = 0;
        // Get Page TSconfig relevant:
        $TSConfig = $this->getTCEMAIN_TSconfig($pid);
        if (empty($TSConfig['clearCache_disable'])) {
            // If table is "pages":
            $pageIdsThatNeedCacheFlush = [];
            if ($table === 'pages') {
                // Find out if the record is a get the original page
                $pageUid = $this->getDefaultLanguagePageId($uid);

                // Builds list of pages on the SAME level as this page (siblings)
                $connectionPool = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class);
                $queryBuilder = $connectionPool->getQueryBuilderForTable('pages');
                $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()
                    ->removeAll()
                    ->add(GeneralUtility::makeInstance(DeletedRestriction::class));
                $siblings = $queryBuilder
                    ->select('A.pid AS pid', 'B.uid AS uid')
                    ->from('pages', 'A')
                    ->from('pages', 'B')
                    ->where(
                        $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('A.uid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($pageUid, \PDO::PARAM_INT)),
                        $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('B.pid', $queryBuilder->quoteIdentifier('A.pid')),
                        $queryBuilder->expr()->gte('A.pid', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(0, \PDO::PARAM_INT))
                    )
                    ->execute();

                $pid_tmp = 0;
                while ($row_tmp = $siblings->fetch()) {
                    $pageIdsThatNeedCacheFlush[] = (int)$row_tmp['uid'];
                    $pid_tmp = (int)$row_tmp['pid'];
                    // Add children as well:
                    if ($TSConfig['clearCache_pageSiblingChildren']) {
                        $siblingChildrenQuery = $connectionPool->getQueryBuilderForTable('pages');
                        $siblingChildrenQuery->getRestrictions()
                            ->removeAll()
                            ->add(GeneralUtility::makeInstance(DeletedRestriction::class));
                        $siblingChildren = $siblingChildrenQuery
                            ->select('uid')
                            ->from('pages')
                            ->where($siblingChildrenQuery->expr()->eq(
                                'pid',
                                $siblingChildrenQuery->createNamedParameter($row_tmp['uid'], \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                            ))
                            ->execute();
                        while ($row_tmp2 = $siblingChildren->fetch()) {
                            $pageIdsThatNeedCacheFlush[] = (int)$row_tmp2['uid'];
                        }
                    }
                }
                // Finally, add the parent page as well:
                if ($pid_tmp > 0) {
                    $pageIdsThatNeedCacheFlush[] = $pid_tmp;
                }
                // Add grand-parent as well:
                if ($TSConfig['clearCache_pageGrandParent']) {
                    $parentQuery = $connectionPool->getQueryBuilderForTable('pages');
                    $parentQuery->getRestrictions()
                        ->removeAll()
                        ->add(GeneralUtility::makeInstance(DeletedRestriction::class));
                    $row_tmp = $parentQuery
                        ->select('pid')
                        ->from('pages')
                        ->where($parentQuery->expr()->eq(
                            'uid',
                            $parentQuery->createNamedParameter($pid_tmp, \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                        ))
                        ->execute()
                        ->fetch();
                    if (!empty($row_tmp)) {
                        $pageIdsThatNeedCacheFlush[] = (int)$row_tmp['pid'];
                    }
                }
            } else {
                // For other tables than "pages", delete cache for the records "parent page".
                $pageIdsThatNeedCacheFlush[] = $pageUid = (int)$this->getPID($table, $uid);
            }
            // Call pre-processing function for clearing of cache for page ids:
            foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_tcemain.php']['clearPageCacheEval'] ?? [] as $funcName) {
                $_params = ['pageIdArray' => &$pageIdsThatNeedCacheFlush, 'table' => $table, 'uid' => $uid, 'functionID' => 'clear_cache()'];
                // Returns the array of ids to clear, FALSE if nothing should be cleared! Never an empty array!
                GeneralUtility::callUserFunction($funcName, $_params, $this);
            }
            // Delete cache for selected pages:
            foreach ($pageIdsThatNeedCacheFlush as $pageId) {
                // Workspaces always use "-1" as the page id which do not
                // point to real pages and caches at all. Flushing caches for
                // those records does not make sense and decreases performance
                if ($pageId >= 0) {
                    $tagsToClear['pageId_' . $pageId] = true;
                }
            }
            // Queue delete cache for current table and record
            $tagsToClear[$table] = true;
            $tagsToClear[$table . '_' . $uid] = true;
        }
        // Clear cache for pages entered in TSconfig:
        if (!empty($TSConfig['clearCacheCmd'])) {
            $commands = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $TSConfig['clearCacheCmd'], true);
            $clearCacheCommands = array_unique($commands);
        }
        // Call post processing function for clear-cache:
        $_params = ['table' => $table, 'uid' => $uid, 'uid_page' => $pageUid, 'TSConfig' => $TSConfig];
        foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_tcemain.php']['clearCachePostProc'] ?? [] as $_funcRef) {
            GeneralUtility::callUserFunction($_funcRef, $_params, $this);
        }
        return [
            $tagsToClear,
            $clearCacheCommands
        ];
    }

    /**
     * Clears the cache based on the command $cacheCmd.
     *
     * $cacheCmd='pages'
     * Clears cache for all pages and page-based caches inside the cache manager.
     * Requires admin-flag to be set for BE_USER.
     *
     * $cacheCmd='all'
     * Clears all cache_tables. This is necessary if templates are updated.
     * Requires admin-flag to be set for BE_USER.
     *
     * The following cache_* are intentionally not cleared by 'all'
     *
     * - cache_imagesizes:	Clearing this table would cause a lot of unneeded
     * Imagemagick calls because the size informations have
     * to be fetched again after clearing.
     * - all caches inside the cache manager that are inside the group "system"
     * - they are only needed to build up the core system and templates,
     *   use "temp_cached" or "system" to do that
     *
     * $cacheCmd=[integer]
     * Clears cache for the page pointed to by $cacheCmd (an integer).
     *
     * $cacheCmd='cacheTag:[string]'
     * Flush page and pagesection cache by given tag
     *
     * $cacheCmd='cacheId:[string]'
     * Removes cache identifier from page and page section cache
     *
     * Can call a list of post processing functions as defined in
     * $GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_tcemain.php']['clearCachePostProc']
     * (numeric array with values being the function references, called by
     * GeneralUtility::callUserFunction()).
     *
     *
     * @param string $cacheCmd The cache command, see above description
     */
    public function clear_cacheCmd($cacheCmd)
    {
        if (is_object($this->BE_USER)) {
            $this->BE_USER->writelog(3, 1, 0, 0, 'User %s has cleared the cache (cacheCmd=%s)', [$this->BE_USER->user['username'], $cacheCmd]);
        }
        switch (strtolower($cacheCmd)) {
            case 'pages':
                if ($this->admin || $this->BE_USER->getTSConfigVal('options.clearCache.pages')) {
                    $this->getCacheManager()->flushCachesInGroup('pages');
                }
                break;
            case 'all':
                // allow to clear all caches if the TS config option is enabled or the option is not explicitly
                // disabled for admins (which could clear all caches by default). The latter option is useful
                // for big production sites where it should be possible to restrict the cache clearing for some admins.
                if ($this->BE_USER->getTSConfigVal('options.clearCache.all') || ($this->admin && $this->BE_USER->getTSConfigVal('options.clearCache.all') !== '0')) {
                    $this->getCacheManager()->flushCaches();
                    GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
                        ->getConnectionForTable('cache_treelist')
                        ->truncate('cache_treelist');

                    // Delete Opcode Cache
                    GeneralUtility::makeInstance(OpcodeCacheService::class)->clearAllActive();
                }
                break;
            case 'temp_cached':
            case 'system':
                trigger_error(
                    'Calling clear_cacheCmd() with arguments "temp_cached" or "system", using'
                    . ' the TSconfig option "options.clearCache.system" will be removed in TYPO3 v10, use "all"'
                    . ' instead or call the group cache clearing of "system" group directly via a custom extension.',
                    E_USER_DEPRECATED
                );
                if ($this->admin || $this->BE_USER->getTSConfigVal('options.clearCache.system')) {
                    $this->getCacheManager()->flushCachesInGroup('system');
                }
                break;
        }

        $tagsToFlush = [];
        // Clear cache for a page ID!
        if (MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($cacheCmd)) {
            $list_cache = [$cacheCmd];
            // Call pre-processing function for clearing of cache for page ids:
            foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_tcemain.php']['clearPageCacheEval'] ?? [] as $funcName) {
                $_params = ['pageIdArray' => &$list_cache, 'cacheCmd' => $cacheCmd, 'functionID' => 'clear_cacheCmd()'];
                // Returns the array of ids to clear, FALSE if nothing should be cleared! Never an empty array!
                GeneralUtility::callUserFunction($funcName, $_params, $this);
            }
            // Delete cache for selected pages:
            if (is_array($list_cache)) {
                foreach ($list_cache as $pageId) {
                    $tagsToFlush[] = 'pageId_' . (int)$pageId;
                }
            }
        }
        // flush cache by tag
        if (GeneralUtility::isFirstPartOfStr(strtolower($cacheCmd), 'cachetag:')) {
            $cacheTag = substr($cacheCmd, 9);
            $tagsToFlush[] = $cacheTag;
        }
        // process caching framwork operations
        if (!empty($tagsToFlush)) {
            $this->getCacheManager()->flushCachesInGroupByTags('pages', $tagsToFlush);
        }

        // Call post processing function for clear-cache:
        $_params = ['cacheCmd' => strtolower($cacheCmd)];
        foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_tcemain.php']['clearCachePostProc'] ?? [] as $_funcRef) {
            GeneralUtility::callUserFunction($_funcRef, $_params, $this);
        }
    }

    /*****************************
     *
     * Logging
     *
     *****************************/
    /**
     * Logging actions from DataHandler
     *
     * @param string $table Table name the log entry is concerned with. Blank if NA
     * @param int $recuid Record UID. Zero if NA
     * @param int $action Action number: 0=No category, 1=new record, 2=update record, 3= delete record, 4= move record, 5= Check/evaluate
     * @param int $recpid Normally 0 (zero). If set, it indicates that this log-entry is used to notify the backend of a record which is moved to another location
     * @param int $error The severity: 0 = message, 1 = error, 2 = System Error, 3 = security notice (admin)
     * @param string $details Default error message in english
     * @param int $details_nr This number is unique for every combination of $type and $action. This is the error-message number, which can later be used to translate error messages. 0 if not categorized, -1 if temporary
     * @param array $data Array with special information that may go into $details by '%s' marks / sprintf() when the log is shown
     * @param int $event_pid The page_uid (pid) where the event occurred. Used to select log-content for specific pages.
     * @param string $NEWid NEW id for new records
     * @return int Log entry UID (0 if no log entry was written or logging is disabled)
     */
    public function log($table, $recuid, $action, $recpid, $error, $details, $details_nr = -1, $data = [], $event_pid = -1, $NEWid = '')
    {
        if (!$this->enableLogging) {
            return 0;
        }
        // Type value for tce_db.php
        $type = 1;
        if (!$this->storeLogMessages) {
            $details = '';
        }
        if ($error > 0) {
            $detailMessage = $details;
            if (is_array($data)) {
                $detailMessage = vsprintf($details, $data);
            }
            $this->errorLog[] = '[' . $type . '.' . $action . '.' . $details_nr . ']: ' . $detailMessage;
        }
        return $this->BE_USER->writelog($type, $action, $error, $details_nr, $details, $data, $table, $recuid, $recpid, $event_pid, $NEWid);
    }

    /**
     * Simple logging function meant to be used when logging messages is not yet fixed.
     *
     * @param string $message Message string
     * @param int $error Error code, see log()
     * @return int Log entry UID
     * @see log()
     */
    public function newlog($message, $error = 0)
    {
        return $this->log('', 0, 0, 0, $error, $message, -1);
    }

    /**
     * Simple logging function meant to bridge the gap between newlog() and log() with a little more info, in particular the record table/uid and event_pid so we can filter messages per page.
     *
     * @param string $message Message string
     * @param string $table Table name
     * @param int $uid Record uid
     * @param int $pid Record PID (from page tree). Will be turned into an event_pid internally in function: Meaning that the PID for a page will be its own UID, not its page tree PID.
     * @param int $error Error code, see log()
     * @return int Log entry UID
     * @see log()
     * @deprecated since TYPO3 v9 will be removed in TYPO3 v10.0, use DataHandler->log() directly instead.
     */
    public function newlog2($message, $table, $uid, $pid = null, $error = 0)
    {
        trigger_error('DataHandler->newlog2() will be removed in TYPO3 v10.0, use the generic log() function instead.', E_USER_DEPRECATED);
        if (!$this->enableLogging) {
            return 0;
        }
        if (is_null($pid)) {
            $propArr = $this->getRecordProperties($table, $uid);
            $pid = $propArr['pid'];
        }
        return $this->log($table, $uid, 0, 0, $error, $message, -1, [], $this->eventPid($table, $uid, $pid));
    }

    /**
     * Print log error messages from the operations of this script instance
     */
    public function printLogErrorMessages()
    {
        $queryBuilder = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)->getQueryBuilderForTable('sys_log');
        $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll();
        $result = $queryBuilder
            ->select('*')
            ->from('sys_log')
            ->where(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('type', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(1, \PDO::PARAM_INT)),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->lt('action', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(256, \PDO::PARAM_INT)),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                    'userid',
                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($this->BE_USER->user['uid'], \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                ),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq(
                    'tstamp',
                    $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter($GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'], \PDO::PARAM_INT)
                ),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->neq('error', $queryBuilder->createNamedParameter(0, \PDO::PARAM_INT))
            )
            ->execute();

        while ($row = $result->fetch()) {
            $log_data = unserialize($row['log_data']);
            $msg = $row['error'] . ': ' . sprintf($row['details'], $log_data[0], $log_data[1], $log_data[2], $log_data[3], $log_data[4]);
            /** @var FlashMessage $flashMessage */
            $flashMessage = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FlashMessage::class, $msg, '', FlashMessage::ERROR, true);
            $flashMessage = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FlashMessage::class, $msg, '', /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ FlashMessage::ERROR, true);
            /** @var $flashMessageService FlashMessageService */
            $flashMessageService = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FlashMessageService::class);
            $defaultFlashMessageQueue = $flashMessageService->getMessageQueueByIdentifier();
            $defaultFlashMessageQueue->enqueue($flashMessage);
        }
    }

    /*****************************
     *
     * Internal (do not use outside Core!)
     *
     *****************************/

    /**
     * Find out if the record is a get the original page
     *
     * @param int $pageId the page UID (can be the default page record, or a page translation record ID)
     * @return int the page UID of the default page record
     */
    protected function getDefaultLanguagePageId(int $pageId): int
    {
        $localizationParentFieldName = $GLOBALS['TCA']['pages']['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'];
        $row = $this->recordInfo('pages', $pageId, $localizationParentFieldName);
        $localizationParent = (int)$row[$localizationParentFieldName];
        if ($localizationParent > 0) {
            return $localizationParent;
        }
        return $pageId;
    }

    /**
     * Preprocesses field array based on field type. Some fields must be adjusted
     * before going to database. This is done on the copy of the field array because
     * original values are used in remap action later.
     *
     * @param string $table	Table name
     * @param array $fieldArray	Field array to check
     * @return array Updated field array
     */
    public function insertUpdateDB_preprocessBasedOnFieldType($table, $fieldArray)
    {
        $result = $fieldArray;
        foreach ($fieldArray as $field => $value) {
            if (!MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($value)
                && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$field]['config']['type'] === 'inline'
                && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$field]['config']['foreign_field']) {
                $result[$field] = count(GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $value, true));
            }
        }
        return $result;
    }

    /**
     * Determines whether a particular record has been deleted
     * using DataHandler::deleteRecord() in this instance.
     *
     * @param string $tableName
     * @param string $uid
     * @return bool
     */
    public function hasDeletedRecord($tableName, $uid)
    {
        return
            !empty($this->deletedRecords[$tableName])
            && in_array($uid, $this->deletedRecords[$tableName])
        ;
    }

    /**
     * Gets the automatically versionized id of a record.
     *
     * @param string $table Name of the table
     * @param int $id Uid of the record
     * @return int
     */
    public function getAutoVersionId($table, $id)
    {
        $result = null;
        if (isset($this->autoVersionIdMap[$table][$id])) {
            $result = $this->autoVersionIdMap[$table][$id];
        }
        return $result;
    }

    /**
     * Overlays the automatically versionized id of a record.
     *
     * @param string $table Name of the table
     * @param int $id Uid of the record
     * @return int
     */
    protected function overlayAutoVersionId($table, $id)
    {
        $autoVersionId = $this->getAutoVersionId($table, $id);
        if (is_null($autoVersionId) === false) {
            $id = $autoVersionId;
        }
        return $id;
    }

    /**
     * Adds new values to the remapStackChildIds array.
     *
     * @param array $idValues uid values
     */
    protected function addNewValuesToRemapStackChildIds(array $idValues)
    {
        foreach ($idValues as $idValue) {
            if (strpos($idValue, 'NEW') === 0) {
                $this->remapStackChildIds[$idValue] = true;
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Resolves versioned records for the current workspace scope.
     * Delete placeholders and move placeholders are substituted and removed.
     *
     * @param string $tableName Name of the table to be processed
     * @param string $fieldNames List of the field names to be fetched
     * @param string $sortingField Name of the sorting field to be used
     * @param array $liveIds Flat array of (live) record ids
     * @return array
     */
    protected function resolveVersionedRecords($tableName, $fieldNames, $sortingField, array $liveIds)
    {
        $connection = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
            ->getConnectionForTable($tableName);
        $sortingStatement = !empty($sortingField)
            ? [$connection->quoteIdentifier($sortingField)]
            : null;
        /** @var PlainDataResolver $resolver */
        $resolver = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(
            PlainDataResolver::class,
            $tableName,
            /** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $tableName,
            $liveIds,
            $sortingStatement
        );

        $resolver->setWorkspaceId($this->BE_USER->workspace);
        $resolver->setKeepDeletePlaceholder(false);
        $resolver->setKeepMovePlaceholder(false);
        $resolver->setKeepLiveIds(true);
        $recordIds = $resolver->get();

        $records = [];
        foreach ($recordIds as $recordId) {
            $records[$recordId] = BackendUtility::getRecord($tableName, $recordId, $fieldNames);
            $records[$recordId] = BackendUtility::getRecord(/** @scrutinizer ignore-type */ $tableName, $recordId, $fieldNames);
        }

        return $records;
    }

    /**
     * Gets the outer most instance of \TYPO3\CMS\Core\DataHandling\DataHandler
     * Since \TYPO3\CMS\Core\DataHandling\DataHandler can create nested objects of itself,
     * this method helps to determine the first (= outer most) one.
     *
     * @return DataHandler
     */
    protected function getOuterMostInstance()
    {
        if (!isset($this->outerMostInstance)) {
            $stack = array_reverse(debug_backtrace(DEBUG_BACKTRACE_PROVIDE_OBJECT | DEBUG_BACKTRACE_IGNORE_ARGS));
            foreach ($stack as $stackItem) {
                if (isset($stackItem['object']) && $stackItem['object'] instanceof self) {
                    $this->outerMostInstance = $stackItem['object'];
                    break;
                }
            }
        }
        return $this->outerMostInstance;
    }

    /**
     * Determines whether the this object is the outer most instance of itself
     * Since DataHandler can create nested objects of itself,
     * this method helps to determine the first (= outer most) one.
     *
     * @return bool
     */
    public function isOuterMostInstance()
    {
        return $this->getOuterMostInstance() === $this;
    }

    /**
     * Gets an instance of the runtime cache.
     *
     * @return VariableFrontend
     */
    protected function getRuntimeCache()
    {
        return $this->getCacheManager()->getCache('cache_runtime');
    }

    /**
     * Determines nested element calls.
     *
     * @param string $table Name of the table
     * @param int $id Uid of the record
     * @param string $identifier Name of the action to be checked
     * @return bool
     */
    protected function isNestedElementCallRegistered($table, $id, $identifier)
    {
        $nestedElementCalls = (array)$this->runtimeCache->get($this->cachePrefixNestedElementCalls);
        return isset($nestedElementCalls[$identifier][$table][$id]);
    }

    /**
     * Registers nested elements calls.
     * This is used to track nested calls (e.g. for following m:n relations).
     *
     * @param string $table Name of the table
     * @param int $id Uid of the record
     * @param string $identifier Name of the action to be tracked
     */
    protected function registerNestedElementCall($table, $id, $identifier)
    {
        $nestedElementCalls = (array)$this->runtimeCache->get($this->cachePrefixNestedElementCalls);
        $nestedElementCalls[$identifier][$table][$id] = true;
        $this->runtimeCache->set($this->cachePrefixNestedElementCalls, $nestedElementCalls);
    }

    /**
     * Resets the nested element calls.
     */
    protected function resetNestedElementCalls()
    {
        $this->runtimeCache->remove($this->cachePrefixNestedElementCalls);
    }

    /**
     * Determines whether an element was registered to be deleted in the registry.
     *
     * @param string $table Name of the table
     * @param int $id Uid of the record
     * @return bool
     * @see registerElementsToBeDeleted
     * @see resetElementsToBeDeleted
     * @see copyRecord_raw
     * @see versionizeRecord
     */
    protected function isElementToBeDeleted($table, $id)
    {
        $elementsToBeDeleted = (array)$this->runtimeCache->get('core-datahandler-elementsToBeDeleted');
        return isset($elementsToBeDeleted[$table][$id]);
    }

    /**
     * Registers elements to be deleted in the registry.
     *
     * @see process_datamap
     */
    protected function registerElementsToBeDeleted()
    {
        $elementsToBeDeleted = (array)$this->runtimeCache->get('core-datahandler-elementsToBeDeleted');
        $this->runtimeCache->set('core-datahandler-elementsToBeDeleted', array_merge($elementsToBeDeleted, $this->getCommandMapElements('delete')));
    }

    /**
     * Resets the elements to be deleted in the registry.
     *
     * @see process_datamap
     */
    protected function resetElementsToBeDeleted()
    {
        $this->runtimeCache->remove('core-datahandler-elementsToBeDeleted');
    }

    /**
     * Unsets elements (e.g. of the data map) that shall be deleted.
     * This avoids to modify records that will be deleted later on.
     *
     * @param array $elements Elements to be modified
     * @return array
     */
    protected function unsetElementsToBeDeleted(array $elements)
    {
        $elements = ArrayUtility::arrayDiffAssocRecursive($elements, $this->getCommandMapElements('delete'));
        foreach ($elements as $key => $value) {
            if (empty($value)) {
                unset($elements[$key]);
            }
        }
        return $elements;
    }

    /**
     * Gets elements of the command map that match a particular command.
     *
     * @param string $needle The command to be matched
     * @return array
     */
    protected function getCommandMapElements($needle)
    {
        $elements = [];
        foreach ($this->cmdmap as $tableName => $idArray) {
            foreach ($idArray as $id => $commandArray) {
                foreach ($commandArray as $command => $value) {
                    if ($value && $command == $needle) {
                        $elements[$tableName][$id] = true;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        return $elements;
    }

    /**
     * Controls active elements and sets NULL values if not active.
     * Datamap is modified accordant to submitted control values.
     */
    protected function controlActiveElements()
    {
        if (!empty($this->control['active'])) {
            $this->setNullValues(
                $this->control['active'],
                $this->datamap
            );
        }
    }

    /**
     * Sets NULL values in haystack array.
     * The general behaviour in the user interface is to enable/activate fields.
     * Thus, this method uses NULL as value to be stored if a field is not active.
     *
     * @param array $active hierarchical array with active elements
     * @param array $haystack hierarchical array with haystack to be modified
     */
    protected function setNullValues(array $active, array &$haystack)
    {
        foreach ($active as $key => $value) {
            // Nested data is processes recursively
            if (is_array($value)) {
                $this->setNullValues(
                    $value,
                    $haystack[$key]
                );
            } elseif ($value == 0) {
                // Field has not been activated in the user interface,
                // thus a NULL value shall be stored in the database
                $haystack[$key] = null;
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * Entry point to post process a database insert. Currently bails early unless a UID has been forced
     * and the database platform is not MySQL.
     *
     * @param \TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\Connection $connection
     * @param string $tableName
     * @param int $suggestedUid
     * @return int
     */
    protected function postProcessDatabaseInsert(Connection $connection, string $tableName, int $suggestedUid): int
    {
        if ($suggestedUid !== 0 && $connection->getDatabasePlatform() instanceof PostgreSqlPlatform) {
            $this->postProcessPostgresqlInsert($connection, $tableName);
            // The last inserted id on postgresql is actually the last value generated by the sequence.
            // On a forced UID insert this might not be the actual value or the sequence might not even
            // have generated a value yet.
            // Return the actual ID we forced on insert as a surrogate.
            return $suggestedUid;
        }

        return $connection->lastInsertId($tableName);
    }

    /**
     * PostgreSQL works with sequences for auto increment columns. A sequence is not updated when a value is
     * written to such a column. To avoid clashes when the sequence returns an existing ID this helper will
     * update the sequence to the current max value of the column.
     *
     * @param \TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\Connection $connection
     * @param string $tableName
     */
    protected function postProcessPostgresqlInsert(Connection $connection, string $tableName)
    {
        $queryBuilder = $connection->createQueryBuilder();
        $queryBuilder->getRestrictions()->removeAll();
        $row = $queryBuilder->select('PGT.schemaname', 'S.relname', 'C.attname', 'T.relname AS tablename')
            ->from('pg_class', 'S')
            ->from('pg_depend', 'D')
            ->from('pg_class', 'T')
            ->from('pg_attribute', 'C')
            ->from('pg_tables', 'PGT')
            ->where(
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('S.relkind', $queryBuilder->quote('S')),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('S.oid', $queryBuilder->quoteIdentifier('D.objid')),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('D.refobjid', $queryBuilder->quoteIdentifier('T.oid')),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('D.refobjid', $queryBuilder->quoteIdentifier('C.attrelid')),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('D.refobjsubid', $queryBuilder->quoteIdentifier('C.attnum')),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('T.relname', $queryBuilder->quoteIdentifier('PGT.tablename')),
                $queryBuilder->expr()->eq('PGT.tablename', $queryBuilder->quote($tableName))
            )
            ->setMaxResults(1)
            ->execute()
            ->fetch();

        if ($row !== false) {
            $connection->exec(
                sprintf(
                    'SELECT SETVAL(%s, COALESCE(MAX(%s), 0)+1, FALSE) FROM %s',
                    $connection->quote($row['schemaname'] . '.' . $row['relname']),
                    $connection->quoteIdentifier($row['attname']),
                    $connection->quoteIdentifier($row['schemaname'] . '.' . $row['tablename'])
                )
            );
        }
    }

    /**
     * Return the cache entry identifier for field evals
     *
     * @param string $additionalIdentifier
     * @return string
     */
    protected function getFieldEvalCacheIdentifier($additionalIdentifier)
    {
        return 'core-datahandler-eval-' . md5($additionalIdentifier);
    }

    /**
     * @return RelationHandler
     */
    protected function createRelationHandlerInstance()
    {
        $isWorkspacesLoaded = ExtensionManagementUtility::isLoaded('workspaces');
        $relationHandler = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(RelationHandler::class);
        $relationHandler->setWorkspaceId($this->BE_USER->workspace);
        $relationHandler->setUseLiveReferenceIds($isWorkspacesLoaded);
        $relationHandler->setUseLiveParentIds($isWorkspacesLoaded);
        return $relationHandler;
    }

    /**
     * Create and returns an instance of the CacheManager
     *
     * @return CacheManager
     */
    protected function getCacheManager()
    {
        return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(CacheManager::class);
    }

    /**
     * Gets the resourceFactory
     *
     * @return ResourceFactory
     */
    protected function getResourceFactory()
    {
        return ResourceFactory::getInstance();
    }

    /**
     * @return LanguageService
     */
    protected function getLanguageService()
    {
        return $GLOBALS['LANG'];
    }
}

TYPO3 / TYPO3.CMS

Branch — master (137376)

DataHandler::triggerRemapAction() A

Complexity

Size

Duplication

Importance

Duplication Side-by-Side

Filter issues like
